Home

User Manual - Quad Industry

1. Selector PlEnabled LTT i i i OCOL Pry Tey tt A l hue PI Output a a a _ He LTT TTT ty i ac _ _ if 4c ee Pee Spd Cmd ji PI Pre load Value 0 PI Pre load Value gt 0 PI Enabled I 100 0 I E j rr I 1 j g no 2 50 0 tt Eo Slart at Spd Crhd g 09 PI Output g gm 5 750 Lt fd 2 7 T 100 0 ji 100 0 75 0 50 0 25 0 00 25 0 50 0 750 100 0 _ _ _ LI _ _ Normalized Feedback Spd Cmd Pre load to Command Speed Figure 18 Process Trim PI Reference Sel PI Ref Meter gt _kes 135 PI Error Meter D Gain PI Output Meter Selectable Source s P 137 134 4 L138 i 0 0 PI Hi Lo 4 I gt gt kp gt Output y 1 A T Be aaa Gain a Scale Filter ai
2. File Parameters Monitor Output Freq 01 Flux Current 05 DC Bus Memory 013 Commanded Speed 002 Output Voltage 006 Analog In1 Value 016 Ramped Speed 22 Output Power 07 Analog In2 Value 017 Speed Reference 023 Output Powr Fctr 08 Elapsed kWh 014 Commanded Torque 024 Elapsed MWh 09 PTC HW Value 018 Speed Feedback 25 Elapsed Run Time 10 Spd Fdbk No Filt 021 Output Current 003 MOP Reference 011 Torque Current 04 DC Bus Voltage 012 Rated kW 26 Rated Amps 028 Rated Volts 027 Control SW Ver 29 Motor Control Motor Type 040 Motor NP RPM 044 Motor OL Factor 048 Motor NP Volts 41 Motor NP Power 045 Motor OLMode 050 Motor NP FLA 42 Mtr NP Pwr Units 046 Motor Poles 049 Motor NP Hertz 43 Motor OL Hertz 47 Motor Cntl Sel 53 Flux Current Ref 63 Torque Ref B Hi 432 Maximum Voltage 054 IXo Voltage Drop 64 Torque Ref B Lo 433 Maximum Freq 55 Autotune Torque 066 Torq Ref B Mult 434 Compensation 56 Inertia Autotune 067 Torque Setpoint 1 435 Flux Up Mode 57 Torque RefASel 427 Torque Setpoint 2 438 Flux Up Time 58 Torque RefAHi 428 Pos Torque Limit 436 SV Boost Filter 59 Torque RefALo 429 Neg Torque Limit 437 Autotune 61 Torq Ref A Div 430 Control Status 440 IR Voltage Drop 62 Torque Ref B Sel 431 Mtr Tor Cur Ref 441 Start Acc Boost 69 Break Voltage 071 Run Boost 70 Break Frequency 072 Motor Fdbk Type 412 Fdbk Filter Sel 416 Marker Pulse 421 Encoder
3. V A SSS Pelaie allele lees 1 Inverted re 4B 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 Om aoe Bit Factory Default Bit Values Dig Out Param Default 0 PI Config Selects the value that the mask Dig Out Mask Options 0 PI Config will be applied to 1 PI Status 2 3 Drive Sts 1 2 4 5 DriveAlarm1 2 6 StartInhibit 7 Digin Status 8 9 DrvSts1 2Flt 10 AlrmSts1 2Flt 12 LogicCmdRslt 13 Stop Owner 14 Start Owner 15 Jog Owner 16 Dir Owner 17 Ref Owner 18 Accel Owner 19 Decel Owner 20 FltRst Owner 21 MOP Owner 22 Local Owner 23 Limit Status 24 PortMaskAct 25 WriteMaskAct 26 LogicMaskAct 27 TorqProvCnfg 28 TorqProvSet 29 TorqProvSts 30 Profile Sts 31 Profile Cmd Dig Out Mask Sets the mask that is applied to the selected value in Dig Out Param A bit AND OR is applied which is selected by the Digital Outx Sel All bits with zeros in the mask are ignored 0 0 0 0 0 0 re 14 13 12 11 10 Bit Factory Default Bit Values Example 1 Bit selected 0 Bit Masked x Reserved alo ulo ajo wjo njo o ojo Mask OR If Any bits in the value are set in the mask then the output is On Selected Value 0 jo O jO 1 1 JO jO 1 1
4. as 1 Enabled MY ji RAR Os Disabled SL x Reserved Sy 0 0 UserSet1 x x x x x x x xjx x x x x x 0 0 0 1 UserSet2 pris 4 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 54 3210 1 0 UserSet3 1 1 UserSet3 Bit Factory Default Bit Values Dyn UserSet Actv Read Only Indicates the active user set and if the operation is dynamic or normal Y m V A SS GIS HAAN VS S S _ x x x xIx x x x x x x x o ojo o I mon ne pen 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 44 3 21 0 x Reserved Bit Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Related File 209 Drive Status 1 Read Only Present operating condition of the drive z _ 0 1 Condition True 0 Condition False 0 x Reserved Bits 2 Description Bits Description 15 14 13 a N Ref A Auto 0 10 Ref B Auto Preset 2 Auto Preset 3 Auto Preset 4 Auto Preset 5 Auto Preset 6 Auto Port 6 Preset 7 Auto No Local TB Manual Control Port 1 Manual Port 2 Manual Port 3 Manual Port 4 Manual Port 5 Manual Port 6 Manual Jog Ref Port 0 TB Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4 Port 5 44 000 o c c0 lt scl 0 ee Ssees3 300C0CO S 340000 a a a a 210 Drive Status 2 Read Only 209 Present operating
5. S SG La M S KNS OSIRISE KI VIS I S QS WAVES SWISS SSS VS S S SIVELY ANIIS I xlololo olililililklililililili Ja onone pls 413 2n 10 9 8 7 6 543 21 0 y Reserved Bit IIIN S S 8 L amp Ss SKI ISIE SS M W L S SAS RIIS KSS ONANAN 1 Condition True 0 Condition False x Reserved xX xix x x x x x 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 Pe 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later 2 Firmware 9 001 and later Description OW Trq Level bit 19For the Rod Torque Process Display to work the Oil Well Torque Level must be enabled Alarm Clear Default 0 Ready Resets all Alarm 1 8 Code parameters to zero Options 0 Ready 1 Clr Alrm Que Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related IN IND 53 Chapter 1 54 Programming and Parameters Group Alarms N O co 476 482 488 494 477 483 489 495 478 484 490 496 479 485 491 497 Scaled Blocks 480 486 492 498 481 487 493 499 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Alarm 1 Code Alarm 2 Code Alarm 3 Code Alarm 4 Code Alarm 5 Code Alarm 6 Code Alarm 7 Code Alarm 8 Code A code that represents a drive alarm The codes will appear in the order they occur first 4 alarms in first 4 out alarm queue A time stamp is not
6. File Group Load Limits 155 156 157 158 Stop Brake Modes 159 160 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Regen Power Limit Sets the maximum power limit allowed to transfer from the motor to the DC bus When using an external dynamic brake set this parameter to its maximum value Current Rate Limit Sets the largest allowable rate of change for the current reference signal This number is scaled in percent of maximum motor current every 250 microseconds DB While Stopped Enables disables dynamic brake operation when drive is stopped DB may operate if input voltage becomes too high Disabled DB will only operate when drive is running Enable DB may operate whenever drive is energized Stop Mode A Stop Mode B Active stop mode Stop Mode A is active unless Stop Mode B is selected by inputs When using options 1 2 or 4 refer to parameter 158 Attention statements DC Brake Lvl Sel Selects the source for DC Brake Level DC Brake Level Defines the DC brake current level injected into the motor when DC Brake is selected as a stop mode or when using the motor DC injection brake feature through a digital input This also sets the braking current level when Fast Stop is selected The DC braking voltage used in this function is created by a PWM algorithm and may not generate the smooth holding force needed for some
7. xo vs WO in Group File No 216 217 Diagnostics 218 219 220 221 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Last Stop Source Default Displays the source that initiated the most recent Options stop sequence It will be cleared set to 0 during a the next start sequence 0 Options not listed are reserved for future use Dig In Status Status of the digital inputs SALAA A SSSSSS VS PIDISS olxixlolololololo ka 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 _ 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Dig Out Status Status of the digital outputs COS VYY x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0j0 0 z pisi 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 YX Bit Drive Temp Default Present operating temperature of the drive Min Max power section Units Drive OL Count Default Accumulated percentage of drive overload Min Max Continuously operating the drive over 100 ofits Units rating will increase this value to 100 and cause a drive fault or foldback depending on the setting of Drive OL Mode Motor OL Count Default Accumulated percentage of motor overload Min Max Continuously operating the motor over 100 of Units the motor overload setting will increase this value to 100 and cause a drive fault Refer to page 127 Mtr
8. Related File 246 248 250 252 254 256 258 259 UTILITY Alarms 261 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Fault 1 Time Default Read Only Pere tee Min Max 0 0000 214748 3647 Hr Fault 4 Time Units 0 0001 Hr Fault 5 Time Fault 6 Time Fault 7 Time Fault 8 Time The time between initial drive power up and the occurrence of the associated trip fault Can be compared to Power Up Marker for the time from the most recent power up Fault x Time Power Up Marker Time difference to the most recent power up A negative value indicates fault occurred before most recent power up A positive value indicates fault occurred after most recent power up To convert this value to the number days hours minutes and seconds the following formula may be used Fault x Time 24 hours of days remaining time Remaining Time x 24 hours of hours Remaining Time x 60 minutes of minutes remaining time Remaining Time x 60 seconds of seconds Result of days of hours of minutes of seconds Example 1909 2390 Hrs 1 Day 24 Hrs 79 551625 Days 0 551625 Days x 24 Hrs Day 13 239 Hrs 0 239 Hrs x 60 Min Hr 14 34 Min 0 34 Min x 60 Sec Min 20 4 Secs Alarm Config 1 Enables disables alarm conditions that will initiate an active drive alarm
9. 400 0 Hz 800 0 0 1 Hz 0 1 Chapter 1 i N gt jami a taa oo N gt fail 5 w ico 5 2 ma 5 ls ico a gt 124 mi a ww a ico N Ko N ESS ar my ico 35 Chapter 1 36 Programming and Parameters z S ws a Ralat ea a n 134 464 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions PI Upper Limit Default Sets the upper limit of the PI output Min Max Units PI Preload Default Sets the value used to preload the integral component on start or enable Min Max Units PI Status Status of the Process PI regulator Sh key X xX xX x x x xi xP xix x x O oO oO o ps mn njn 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 YX Bit PI Ref Meter Default Present value of the Pl reference signal Min Max Units PI Fdback Meter Default Present value of the Pl feedback signal Min Max Units PI Error Meter Default Present value of the Pl error Min Max Units PI Output Meter Default Present value of the PI output Min Max Units PI BW Filter Default Provides filter for Process PI error signal The Min Max output of this filter is displayed in PI Error Units Meter Zero will disable the filter PI Deriv Time Default Refer to formula below Min Max Plout KD Sec x a Units PI Reference Hi Defau
10. Disabled 0 0 Disabled 1 Direct Enabled 2 Invert Enabled o ATTENTION Enabling the Sleep Wake function can cause unexpected machine operation during the Wake mode Equipment damage and or personal injury can result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do Not use this function without considering the information below and in Appendix C In addition all applicable local national amp international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines must be considered 1 occur 2 3 4 5 6 7 Command must be issued from HIM TB or network Run Command must be cycled Signal does not need to be greater than wake level For Invert function refer to Analog In x Loss Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Sleep Wake Ref Default Selects the source of the input controlling the Options Sleep Wake function Wake Level Default Defines the analog input level that will start the Min Max drive Units Wake Time Default Defines the amount of time at or above Wake Min Max Units Input After Power Up After a Drive Fault After a Stop Command Reset by Stop CF Reset by Clear HIM or TB HIM or TB Faults TB Stop Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed Stop Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode New Start or Run Cma 4 Analog Sig gt Sleep Leve 6 Invert Mode Analog Sig
11. Pos Torque Limit Defines the torque limit for the positive torque reference value The reference will not be allowed to exceed this value Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Based on Drive Rating 0 0 230 0 480 0 575 VAC 0 1 VAC 50 0 0 0 150 0 0 1 0 Ready 0 Ready 1 Inertia Tune 0 Torque Stpt1 24 Disabled 0 Torque Stpt1 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 3 17 Reserved 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 23 Reserved 24 Disabled 25 28 Scale Block1 4 29 Torque Stpt2 100 0 100 0 800 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 800 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 3276 7 0 1 1 0 32767 0 0 1 0 0 800 0 0 1 200 0 0 0 800 0 0 1 Related wa tes 053 450 io al ws wal tes wa ws wal tes wa tes wal tes wa tes Group File No FV 438 FV 440 FV Torq Attributes 441 FV 069 MOTOR CONTROL 412 Speed Feedback Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions N
12. Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 6 0 Based on Step x Type 0 01 Units dependent on Step x Type 10 0 Based on Step x Type 0 01 Secs If Step x Type Param Level units are the same as the parameter number specified in Step x Value Related Chapter 1 75 Chapter 1 76 Programming and Parameters Group 727 737 747 757 767 777 787 797 807 817 827 837 847 857 867 877 arf O fa kie ee a o Rg s E S E aa O gt H gt a a Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Step 1 Batch Step 2 Batch Step 3 Batch Step 4 Batch Step 5 Batch Step 6 Batch Step 7 Batch Step 8 Batch Step 9 Batch Step 10 Batch Step 11 Batch Step 12 Batch Step 13 Batch Step 14 Batch Step 15 Batch Step 16 Batch Sets the number of times to run this step 0 continuously run this step Step 1 Next Step 2 Next Step 3 Next Step 4 Next Step 5 Next Step 6 Next Step 7 Next Step 8 Next Step 9 Next Step 10 Next Step 11 Next Step 12 Next Step 13 Next Step 14 Next Step 15 Next Step 16 Next Sets the step number to execute after this step is complete including Step x Batch Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013
13. Drive OverLoad Drive Powerup Excessive Load Encoder Loss Encoder Quad Err Fatal Faults Faults Cleared Fit QueueCleared FluxAmpsRef Rang S Z 29 108 33 80 55 69 24 64 49 79 91 90 900 930 52 51 78 O Type Description An analog input is configured to fault on signal loss A signal loss has occurred Configure with Anlg In 1 2 Loss on page 60 The checksum read from the analog calibration data does not match the checksum calculated Drive unsuccessfully attempted to reset a fault and resume running for the programmed number of Flt RstRun Tries Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 52 Autotune function was canceled by the user or a fault occurred Auxiliary input interlock is open The temperature sensor on the Main Control Board detected excessive heat Resistance of the internal DB resistor is out of range The drive is not following a commanded deceleration because it is attempting to limit bus voltage Drive rating of 110 for 1 minute or 150 for 3 seconds has been exceeded Action 1 Check parameters 2 Check for broken loose connections at inputs Replace drive Correct the cause of the fault and manually clear Restart procedure Check remote wiring 1 Check Main Control Board fan 2 Check surrounding air temperature 3 Verify proper mounting cooling Replace resistor 1 Verify input voltage is
14. Figure 5 External Brake Resistor Circuitry Three Phase AC Input Input Contactor M R L1 S L2 T L3 Power Off oe acim Ba M wy ll W Power Source DB Resistor Thermostat The Hand Off Auto feature firmware revision 10 001 and later adds a delay to the Start input when 3 wire control is used This helps to prevent a stop start race condition A 50 ms delay is added after the stop input is closed and before the start input is checked To select this feature choose HOA Start 70 in Digital Inx Sel parameters 361 366 see page 63 The TorqProve feature of the PowerFlex 700 is intended for applications where proper coordination between motor control and a mechanical brake is required Prior to releasing a mechanical brake the drive will check motor output phase continuity and verify proper motor control torque proving The drive will also verify that the mechanical brake has control of the load prior to releasing drive control brake proving After the drive sets the brake motor movement is monitored to ensure the brakes ability to hold the load TorqProve can be operated with an encoder or encoderless Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 115 AppendixC Application Notes TorgProve functionality with an encoder includes Torque Proving includes flux up and last torque measurement Brake Proving Brake Slip feature slowly lowers load if brake slips
15. File Group POS SPD PROFILE Profile Step 1 16 725 735 745 755 765 775 785 795 805 815 825 835 845 855 865 875 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Step 1 Value Step 2 Value Step 3 Value Step 4 Value Step 5 Value Step 6 Value Step 7 Value Step 8 Value Step 9 Value Step 10 Value Step 11 Value Step 12 Value Step 13 Value Step 14 Value Step 15 Value Step 16 Value Sets the step value used for time time blend digital input number parameter level and encoder based units Also determines the condition to move to the next step Time Time Blend 0 00 3600 00 seconds Digital Input 1 to 6 decimal ignored The sign value makes inputs active high and a makes them active low Parameter Level parameter number Encoder Absolute Encoder Incremental Encoder Incremental Blend 99 999 00 units see Counts per Unit Step 1 Dwell Step 2 Dwell Step 3 Dwell Step 4 Dwell Step 5 Dwell Step 6 Dwell Step 7 Dwell Step 8 Dwell Step 9 Dwell Step 10 Dwell Step 11 Dwell Step 12 Dwell Step 13 Dwell Step 14 Dwell Step 15 Dwell Step 16 Dwell After the condition to move to the next step has been satisfied the drive continues at its present velocity or position until the dwell time expires At that point the next step is executed Not applicable for blend type moves
16. Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 1 0 1000000 1 1 16 Related Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Pa rameter Cross Reference Parameter Name Number Group Page Parameter Name Number Group Page igital OutX Sel 380 384 Digital Outputs 65 b N a m e Accel Mask 281 Masks amp Owners 56 388 y Accel Owner 293 Masks amp Owners 57 ig Out Invert 392 Digital Outputs 66 Accel Time X 140 141 Ramp Rates 38 ig Out Mask 394 Digital Outputs 66 Adj Volt AccTime 675 Adjust Voltage rail ig Out Param 393 Digital Outputs 66 Adj Volt Command 662 Adjust Voltage 70 ig Out Setpt 379 Digital Outputs 64 Adj Volt DecTime 676 Adjust Voltage 71 ig Out Status 217 Diagnostics 49 Adj Volt Phase 650 Adjust Voltage 70 ig OutX Level 381 385 Digital Outputs 65 Adj Volt Preset1 7 654 660 Adjust Voltage 70 389 Adj Volt Ref Hi 652 Adjust Voltage 7i ig OutX OffTime 383 387 Digital Outputs 65 Adj Volt Ref Lo 653 Adjust Voltage 20 7 ant
17. When Par 452 Stop Dwell Time is greater than zero the drive delays turning off the velocity and torque regulators for the amount of time specified in Par 452 Speed P 452 Stop Dwell Time 0 Time gz gg eg 2G 29 528 D E gt o Es Oo Dw Ss E a 25 S o2 ZD 02 28 Aa 2 2 a Of e Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 149 AppendixC Application Notes Voltage Tolerance 150 Drive Rating Nominal Line Nominal Motor Drive Full Power Drive Operating Voltage Voltage Range Range 200 240 200 200 200 264 180 264 208 208 208 264 240 230 230 264 380 480 380 380 380 528 342 528 400 400 400 528 480 460 460 528 500 600 600 575 575 660 432 660 Frames 0 4 Only 500 690 600 575 575 660 475 759 Frames 5 amp 6 Only 690 690 690 759 475 759 Drive Full Power Range Nominal Motor Voltage to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Rated power is available across the entire Drive Full Power Range Drive Operating Range HP Motor Drive Output Lowest Nominal Motor Voltage 10 to Drive Rated Voltage 10 Drive Output is linearly derated when Actual Line Voltage is less than the Nominal Motor Voltage lt i Derated Power Range Full Power Range gt lt _i Drive Operating Range i Nominal Motor Voltage 10 gt i Nominal Motor Voltage gt EXAMPLE Ac
18. Xi xix x x x x x x pis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Bit Factory Default Bit Values At Powr Down 1 Save at Power Down 0 Do Not Save Manual Mode 1 HIM controls Reference Start Jog Direction amp Clear Faults Start amp Jog Disabled from all other Sources regardless of 2 Wire 3 Wire control selection Must select Manual Mode on the HIM prior to setting this bit 0 HIM controls only the Reference HIM Disable 1 Start amp Jog on HIM Do Not Function in 3 Wire mode 0 Start amp Jog on HIM will Function in 3 Wire mode Man Ref Preload Default 0 Disabled Enables disables a feature to automatically load Options 0 Disabled the present Auto frequency reference value into 1 Enabled the HIM when Manual is selected Allows smooth speed transition from Auto to Manual Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 194 195 196 197 J Drive Memory 198 199 200 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Save MOP Ref Enables disables the feature that saves the present MOP frequency reference at power down or at stop Programming and Parameters Values o x un x gt lt w x N x x x x x x x x x x pi 1413 12 11 10 9 847 Bit Factory Default Bit Values MOP Rate Sets rate of change of t
19. if your process requires speed feedback via a communication network Logic Mask Values Default Options Speed Fdbk 0 Output Freq 1 Command Spd 2 Output Amps 3 Torque Amps 4 Flux Amps 5 Output Power 6 Output Volts 7 DC Bus Volts 8 PI Reference 9 PI Feedback 10 PI Error 11 Pl Output 12 Motor OL 13 Drive OL 14 Commandedtrq 15 MtrTrqCurRef i 16 Speed Ref 17 Speed Fdbk 2 18 Pulse In Ref 19 Reserved Scale Block1 4 24 Param Cntl 25 SpdFb NoFilt Related IND oo Determines which ports can control the drive when Write Mask Act bit 15 is set to 1 Ifthe bit for a port is set to 0 the port will have no control functions except for stop 1 Control Permitted xlx x x x x xlxIxlilililililili T pls 43 nm 10 9 8f7 6 5 4 3 21 0 ae Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values Start Mask See Logic Mask Controls which adapters can issue start commands Jog Mask Controls which adapters can issue jog commands Direction Mask Controls which adapters can issue forward reverse direction commands Reference Mask Controls which adapters can select an alternate reference Speed Ref A B Sel or Preset Speed 1 7 Accel Mas
20. 5 Adj Voltage In this mode current limit will now reduce voltage instead of frequency when the threshold is reached Aggressive ramp rates on the voltage command should be avoided to minimize nuisance overcurrent trips Fixed Frequency Control Applications Many of the applications require a fixed frequency operation with variable voltage levels For these applications it is best to set the frequency ramp rates to 0 using Accel Time 1 amp 2 and Decel Time 1 amp 2 parameters 140 143 The ramp rates for output voltage are independently controlled with parameters Adj Volt AccTime and Adj Volt DecTime parameters 675 676 Output Filters Several adjustable voltage applications may require the use of output filters Any L C or sine wave filter used on the output side of the drive must be compatible with the desired frequency of operation as well as the PWM voltage waveform developed by the inverter The drive is capable of operating from 0 400 Hz output frequency and the PWM frequencies range from 2 10 kHz When a filter is used on the output of the drive Drive OL Mode parameter 150 should be programmed so that PWM frequency is not affected by an overload condition i e 0 Disabled or 1 Reduce CLim Trim Function The trim function can be used with the Adjustable Voltage mode The value of the selection in Adj Volt TrimSel parameter 669 is summed with the value of Adj Volt Select parameter 651
21. 5 With the drive running observe Encoder Speed parameter 415 If the sign of the encoder is not the same as the displayed frequency remove drive power and reverse encoder leads A and A NOT 6 With the drive running verify correct motor rotation and encoder direction Set Motor Fdbk Type parameter 412 to 1 Quad Check Stop the drive Rotate AutoTune Test ATTENTION In this test the following conditions will occur AN e The motor will be run for 12 seconds at base frequency 60 Hz Note that equipment travel during this 12 second interval may exceed equipment limits However travel distance can be reduced by setting Maximum Speed parameter 82 to a value less than 45 Hz i e 22 5 Hz 12 seconds at 30 Hz e The brake will be released without torque provided by the drive for 15 seconds To guard against personal injury and or equipment damage this test should not be performed if either of the above conditions are considered unacceptable by the user 7 Set the following parameters as shown No Name Value Notes 053 Motor Cntl Sel 4 FVC Vector 080 Feedback Select 3 Encoder 061 Autotune 2 Rotate Tune 8 Start the drive and run the motor in the desired direction Parameters 062 063 064 and 121 will be updated Inertia AutoTune Test 9 Set Inertia Autotune parameter 067 to 1 Inertia Tune 10 Press Start and run the motor in the direction desired Parameter
22. Description Fast Brake Bus Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Motor Speed Command Speed Time Stop Command This method takes advantage of the characteristic of the induction motor whereby frequencies greater than zero DC braking can be applied to a spinning motor that will provide more braking torque without causing the drive to regenerate 1 On Stop the drive output will decrease based on the motor speed keeping the motor out of the regen region This is accomplished by lowering the output frequency below the motor speed where regeneration will not occur This causes excess energy to be lost in the motor 2 The method uses a PI based bus regulator to regulate the bus voltage to a reference for example 750V by automatically decreasing output frequency at the proper rate 3 When the frequency is decreased to a point where the motor no longer causes the bus voltage to increase the frequency is forced to zero DC brake will be used to complete the stop if the DC Braking Time is non zero then the output is shut off 4 Use of the current regulator ensures that over current trips don t occur and allow for an easily adjustable and controllable level of braking torque 5 Use of the bus voltage regulator results in a smooth continuous control of the frequency and forces the maximum allowable braking torque to be utilized at all times 6 Important For this feature to function properly the acti
23. Fault Ground Fault Hardware Fault Hardware Fault Hardware Fault Hardware PTC Heatsink Lowlemp Heatsink OvrTemp HW OverCurrent Incompat MCB PB 1 0 Comm Loss 1 0 Failure Input Phase Loss IR Volts Range IXo VoltageRange Load Loss Motor Overload Motor Thermistor NVS 1 0 Checksum NVS 1 0 Failure No 93 130 131 106 121 122 77 87 109 110 O Type OS Description A current path to earth ground greater than 25 of drive rating Hardware enable is disabled jumpered high but logic pin is still low Gate array load error Dual port failure Motor PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Overtemp Annunciates a too low temperature case or an open NTC heatsink temperature sensing device circuit Heatsink temperature exceeds 100 of Drive Temp or is less than approximately 19 C The drive output current has exceeded the hardware current limit Drive rating information stored on the power board is incompatible with the main control board 1 0 Board lost communications with the Main Control Board 1 0 was detected but failed the powerup sequence The DC bus ripple has exceeded a preset level Calculate is the autotune default and the value determined by the autotune procedure for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values Voltage calculated for motor inductive impedance exceeds 25 of Motor NP Vol
24. Ss D t Continuous Rating gt cs De eo S 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 of Base Speed Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC Overspeed Firmware version 4 002 or greater has the ability to retain the motor overload count at power down per the 2005 NEC motor overtemp requirement To Enable Disable this feature refer to the table below Once Enabled the value for Testpoint 1 Sel may be changed Overload Retention Testpoint 1 Sel param 234 Enable 629 Disable ggg 01 g Testpoint 1 Data param 235 1 Default setting Firmware version 6 002 or greater when bit 0 of Motor OL Mode parameter 50 is set to 1 the value of Motor OL Count parameter 220 is maintained through a power cycle or drive reset This is an enhanced version of the v4 002 Motor Overload Memory function The testpoint method will still work but the preferred method is to set Motor OL Mode parameter 50 Overspeed Limit is a user programmable value that allows operation at maximum speed but also provides an overspeed band that will allow a speed regulator such as encoder feedback or slip compensation to increase the output frequency above maximum speed in order to maintain maximum motor speed Figure 9 illustrates a
25. Viewing and Editing LCD HIM Parameters Inthe Main Menu press the or GD key to scroll to Parameter EP File 2 Press the Enter key FGP File appears onthe Monitor top line and the first three files appear below it 3 Press the or GD key to scroll through the Speed Command files HE Group 4 Press the Enter key to select a file The groups Motor Data in the file are displayed under it Torq Attributes 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 to select a group and then a Volts perhe parameter The parameter value screen will appear Faf Parameter 6 Press the Enter key to edit the parameter Maximum Voltage 7 Press the or GD key to change the value If i Compensation desired press the key to move from digit to b digit letter to letter or bit to bit The digit or bit that you can change will be highlighted FGP Par 55 Maximum Freq 8 Press the Enter key to save the value If you 60 00 Hz want to cancel a change press the amp key 25 lt gt 400 00 9 Press the or GD key to scroll through the FGP Par 55 parameters in the group or press the GB key to return to the group list 90 00 Hz 25 lt gt 400 00 Numeric Keypad Shortcut If using a HIM with a numeric keypad press the ALT key and the key to access the parameter by typing its number 110 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Linking Parameters HIM
26. or Autotune was not performed Table 11 Drive will not reverse motor direction 2 Perform Static or Rotate Autotune procedure see page 25 Cause s Indication Corrective Action Digital input is not selected for None Check Digital Inx Sel page 63 Choose correct input reversing control and program for reversing mode Digital input is incorrectly wired None Check input wiring Direction mode parameter is None Reprogram Direction Mode page 44 for analog incorrectly programmed Bipolar or digital Unipolar control Motor wiring is improperly phased None Switch two motor leads for reverse A bipolar analog speed command None 1 Use meter to check that an analog input voltage is input is incorrectly wired or signal is absent present 2 Check wiring Positive voltage commands forward direction Negative voltage commands reverse direction Table 12 Stopping the drive results in a Decel Inhibit fault Cause s The bus regulation feature is Indication Decel Inhibit fault Corrective Action See Attention statement on page 12 enabled and is halting deceleration due to excessive bus voltage Excess bus voltage is normally due to excessive regenerated energy or unstable AC line input voltages Internal timer has halted drive operation screen LCD Status Line indicates Faulted Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June
27. then normal operation would occur for nominal line installations However if a lower nominal line voltage of 440V AC was used then nominal DC bus voltage would be only 594V DC If the drive were to react to the fixed 533V level only 10 for line loss detect any anomaly might trigger a false line loss detection Line loss therefore always uses the 6 minute average for DC bus voltage and detects line loss based on a fixed percentage of that memory In the same example the average would be 594V DC instead of 650V DC and the fixed percentage 27 for Coast to Stop and 18 for all others would allow identical operation regardless of line voltage The PowerFlex 70 uses only these fixed percentages The PowerFlex 700 can selectively use the same percentages or the user can set a trigger point for line loss detect The adjustable trigger level is set using Power Loss Level see page 43 Figure 16 Power Loss Mode Coast Nominal Bus Voltage 73 Motor Speed es TT ee Power Loss Output Enable Figure 17 Power Loss Mode Decel Bus Voltage Nominal 82 Power Loss J Output Enable Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 137 AppendixC Application Notes Process PID 138 The internal PI function of the PowerFlex 700 provides closed loop process control with proportional and integ
28. Adj Volt S Curve 677 Adjust Voltage 71 ig OutX OnTime 386 Digital Outputs 65 Adj Volt Select 651 Adjust Voltage 1 TERET J gt J 9 irection Mask 279 Masks amp Owners 56 Adj Volt Trim 672 Adjust Voltage pal A i aT irection Mode 190 Direction Config 44 Adj Volt Trim Hi 670 Adjust Voltage pill irection Owner 291 Masks amp Owners 57 Adj Volt Trim Lo 671 Adjust Voltage 71 si PI Baud Rate 270 Comm Control 55 Adj Volt TrimSel 669 Adjust Voltage 70 PI Fdbk Select 299 Comm Control 56 Alarm Clear 261 Alarms 3 i PI Loss Action 173 HIM Ref Config 44 Alarm Config 1 259 Alarms 53 PI Port Sel 274 Comm Control 55 Alarm X Fault 229 230 Diagnostics St PI Port Value 275 Comm Control 55 Alarm X Code 262 269 Alarms 54 PI Ref Select 298 Comm Control 55 Analog In X Hi 322 325 Analog Inputs 60 rive Alarm X 211 212 Diagnostics 41 Analog In X Lo 323 326 Analog Inputs 60 rive Checksum 203 Drive Memory 46 Analog In X Loss 324 327 Analog Inputs 60 z rive Logic Rslt 271 Comm Control 55 Analog In1 Value 16 Metering 21 5 3 rive OL Count 219 Diagnostics 49 Analog In2 Value 17 Metering 21 rive OL Mode 150 Load Limits 38 Analog OutX Hi 343 346 Analog Outputs 61 rive Ramp Rslt 273 Comm Control 55 Analog OutX Lo 344 347 Analog Outputs 61 rive Ref Rslt 272 Comm Control 55 Analog OutX Sel 342 345 Analog Outputs 61 rive Status 1 2 209 210 Diagnostics 41 Anlg In Config 320 Analog Input
29. Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Xi xix x x x x x x pis 4 3 12 11 10 9 8 7 Bit Factory Default Bit Values Option Descriptions Pwr Cyc Ret If bit 0 is set to 0 Disabled the value of Motor OL Count parameter 220 is reset to zero by a drive reset or power cycle A 1 Enabled will maintain the 0 Induction 0 Induction 1 Synchr Reluc 1 2 Synchr pm Based on Drive Rating 0 0 Rated Volts 0 1 VAC Based on Drive Rating 0 0 Rated Amps x 2 0 1 Amps Based on Drive Cat No 5 0 400 0 Hz 0 1 Hz 1750 0 RPM 60 0 24000 0 RPM 1 0 RPM Based on Drive Rating 0 00 1000 00 0 01 kW HP See Mtr NP Pwr Units Drive Rating Based Horsepower kiloWatts Convert HP Convert kW wne o Motor NP Hz 3 0 0 Motor NP Hz 0 1 Hz 1 00 0 20 2 00 0 01 4 2 40 1Pole A Y y v Enabled Enable xlxlxixix xi0 OZ Disabled 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x Reserved value A transition from 1 to 0 resets Motor OL Count to zero Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 Related 047 048 046 23 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values g v 3 6 See page 16 for symbol descripti
30. Linking Parameters i Mcbara eget tics guwt Vel aajeu mee ata eiics 111 Establishing A Link oeresreuse se cii n a tical 111 Appendix C Adjustable Voltage Operationascse lt scan utide suse ie ever awnstoes 113 Enabling Adjustable Voltage 552s 05 saxon seccaniasenceScarcans 114 External Brake Resistor i402 ow eiiiechar ended eee bah 115 Hand Off Auto HOA near e eae in ane Tae ee ia 115 Littinig Torque ProvinGciileusasarpepesdansa tied toe enawans 115 TorqProve Manual Start U pisdaseecdu ts amawniduwhun ede aue oases 117 Drivesetup ipid euke aeaea clad E RARE a cite E 119 Installation Wiring vis eee aiaa Rb Seb ee tnd aE 120 Lifting Torque Proving Application Programming 120 Limit Switches for Digital Inputs lt c56 sits eeere esc eeedec tease 122 Minimum Speed siveco ssrin nE A deel TOTEAA 123 Motor Control Technology s ssnsussrsrrersrsrrrrererrrrsrs 124 Torg Prod ceis err eron n nce epee nti E RE AEA 124 Porque Gontrollets cust tieeee le h E EE E KA 124 Speed Regulators saisis cceresecr eri saad neinei e eiaa 125 Motor DO Injection pess ta tent yei ion aa A RE Ra 125 Motor Overload ict ny na ea oae T A E EEA E iil od 126 Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC 127 ONS TE E EA aonends a8 cave 25254 ei siua ei eande Bab euaias 127 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group II Category 2 GD Applications with ATEX Approved Mot
31. Memory Storage e Device User Sets gt Drive User Set Save To User Set Load Frm Usr Set et 1 Input Voltage 2 Motr Data Ramp 3 Motor Tests 4 Speed Limits gt Make a Selection 5 Speed Trq Cnil Abort 6 Strt Stop I O Backup 7 Done Exit Resume Start Up Menu More Info Torq Prove Done Exit must be Pos Speed Profile selected to save Oil Well Pumps any changes to move 1 level back in the menu structure Press ES 10 select how to view parameters HIM Overview Appendix B Diagnostics Menu When a fault trips the drive use this menu to access detailed data about the drive Option Description Alarms View alarm queue and clear alarms Faults View fault queue or fault information clear faults or reset drive Status Info View parameters that display status information about the drive Device Version View the firmware version and hardware series of components HIM Version View the firmware version and hardware series of the HIM Parameter Menu Refer to Viewing and Editing Parameters on page 110 The drive is initially set to Basic Parameter View To view all parameters set parameter 196 Param Access Lvl to option 1 Advanced To view Engineering parameters refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM002 for details select option 2 Reserved Parameter 196 is not affected by the Reset to Defaults Option Description Changed Parameters changed for defa
32. Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 Digital In1 Sel Default 4 Stop CF Digital In2 Sel Default 5 Start Digital In3 Sel Default 18 Auto Manual ee e pa Default 15 Speed Sel 1 Pal a ii Default 16 Speed Sel 2 i ee ae Default 17 Speed Sel 3 elects the function for the digital inputs an P a Speed Select Inputs Options 0 bu Used 9 1 Enable PO 3 2 1 Auto Reference Source 2 Clear Faults CF 3 0 0 0 Reference A u 0 jo 1 Reference B 3 AUX Fault 9 0 1 JO Preset Speed 2 4 Stop CF 0 1 1 Preset Speed 3 5 Start 4 8 1 0 0 Preset Speed 4 u 4 1 0 1 Preset Speed 5 6 Fwd Reverse 1 1 0 Preset Speed 6 7 Run 1 1 1 PresetSpeed7 8 Run Forward To access Preset Speed 1 set Speed Ref x Sel to 9 Run Reverse Preset Speed 1 10 Jog 100 Type 2 Alarms Some digital input programming 11 Jog Forward 5 m may cause conflicts that will result in a Type 2 12 iog Reverse alarm Example Digital In1 Sel set to 5 Start in f g 7 3 wire control and Digital In2 Sel set to 7 Run 13 Stop Mode B 156 in2 wire See Table 4 on page 91 for info on 14 Bus Reg Md B 162 resolving this type of conflict 15 17 Speed Sel 1 37 W Speed Torque Selection 18 Au
33. available with alarms Scale1 In Value Scale2 In Value Scale3 In Value Scale4 In Value Displays the value of the signal being sent to ScaleX In Value using a link Scale1 In Hi Scale2 In Hi Scale3 In Hi Scale4 In Hi Scales the upper value of ScaleX In Value Scale1 In Lo Scale2 In Lo Scale3 In Lo Scale4 In Lo Scales the lower value of ScaleX In Value Scale1 Out Hi Scale2 Out Hi Scale3 Out Hi Scale4 Out Hi Scales the upper value of ScaleX Out Value Scale1 Out Lo Scale2 Out Lo Scale3 Out Lo Scale4 Out Lo Scales the lower value of ScaleX Out Value Scale1 Out Value Scale2 Out Value Scale3 Out Value Scale4 Out Value Value of the signal being sent out of the Universal Scale block Typically this value is used as the source of information and will be linked to another parameter Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Read Only 0 65535 1 0 0 32767 000 0 1 Scale 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 0 0 32767 000 0 1 Scale 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 0 0 32767 000 0 1 Scale 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 0 0 32767 000 0 1 Sca
34. configuration to a function such as Start and Stop This may influence the input selected by the user for this function The following examples will assume Digital Input 5 terminal 31 is being used as the additional required input The 2 input terminals must be wired in parallel jumper is acceptable so each is monitoring the over temperature contacts Digital signal inputs are wired with respect to the digital input common Refer to the Installation Instructions regarding setup for either internal or external 24V DC or external 115V AC logic power depending on the type that is supplied in your drive Motor supplied contacts must have ratings compatible with the drive s input circuit ratings and applied voltage level Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Drive Configuration Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group Il Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Appendix D Figure 26 Wiring Example External Power Supply Internal 24V Power Supply Neutral 115V Common 24V 24 24V DC Digital In Common Motor Motor Over Temperature AZ Over Temperature 31 Sensor s 2 31 Sensor s 32 32 Digital Input 6 Digital Input 6 Voltage is Board Dependent Not available with 115V 1 0 Both of the digital inputs required to monitor for motor over temperature must be configured correctly to assure that the
35. ico Lo io Kol es IND x jami N fae Ko i N N Xej ico INS a N x Ko N 33 Chapter 1 34 Programming and Parameters A Z u a wu wi amp nn Slip Comp No 121 122 123 124 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Important Parameters in the Slip Comp Group are used to enable and tune the Slip Compensation Regulator In order to allow the regulator to control drive operation parameter 080 Speed Mode must be set to 1 Slip Comp Slip RPM FLA Default Based on Motor NP RPM Sets the amount of compensation to drive output Min Max 0 0 1200 0 RPM at motor FLA Slip RPM FLA Synchronous Units 0 1 RPM Speed Motor Nameplate RPM If the value of parameter 061 Autotune 3 Calculate changes made to this parameter will not be accepted Value may be changed by Autotune when Encoder is selected in Feedback Select parameter 080 Slip Comp Gain Default 40 0 Sets the response time of slip compensation Min Max 1 0 100 0 Units 0 1 Slip RPM Meter Default Read Only Displays the present amount of adjustment Min Max 300 0 RPM being applied as slip compensation Units 0 1 RPM PI Configuration Sets configuration of the PI regulator S S SS Y WISTS
36. lt Sleep Leve 6 New Start or Run Cmd Enable Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Enable Closed Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Direct Mode New Start or Run Cmd 4 Analog Sig gt Sleep Leve 6 Invert Mode Analog Sig lt Sleep Level 6 New Start or Run Cmd Run Run Closed New Run Cmd Run Closed New Run Cmd Run For Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Wake Signal Run Rev When power is cycled if all of the above conditions are present after power is restored restart will Ifall of the above conditions are present when Sleep Wake Mode is enabled the drive will start Refer to Reference Control in the Installation Instructions for information on determining the active speed reference The Sleep Wake function and the speed reference may be assigned to the same input 2 Analog In 2 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 6 000 mA 6 000 Volts Sleep Level 20 000 mA 10 000 Volts 0 001 mA 0 001 Volts 0 0 Secs 0 0 1000 0 Secs 0 1 Secs Related m Level before a Start is issued Group No 182 183 Restart Modes 177 184 185 186 Power Loss 187 188 189 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Sleep Level Default 5 000 mA 5 000 Volts Defines the analog input level that will stop the Min Max 4 000 mA Wake Level drive 0 000 Volts Wak
37. should be 0 001 Volt up Disabled 324 Analog In 1 Loss Default 0 Disabled 091 327 Analog In 2 Loss 0 Disabled 092 Selects drive action when an analog signal loss is Options 0 Disabled detected Signal loss is defined as an analog 1 Fault ms signal less than 1V or 2 mA The signal loss event 2 Hold Input 5 ends and normal operation resumes when the 3 Set Input Lo 5 input signal level is greater than or equal to 1 5V 4 Set Input Hi a or3 mA 5 Goto Preset1 al Note parameter 190 Direction Mode must be 6 Hold QutFreq set to 0 Unipolar 340 Anlg Out Config Selects the mode for the analog outputs SS xalla aaa 1 erent a e ERS 2 Bit 2 Factory Default Bit Values 5 2 341 Anlg Out Absolut E Selects whether the signed value or absolute value of a parameter is used before being scaled to a drive the analog output xalal ldi aaa T gote E Eed Bit Factory Default Bit Values 60 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values v 3 6 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 rac Z Ga Analog Out1 Sel Default 0 Output Freq Analog Out2 Sel Options See Table 002 Selects the source of the value that drives the 003 analog output 004 005 r 007 Options Analog Out1 Lo Value Ana
38. 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 0 00 Secs 0 00 60 00 Secs 0 01 Secs ea ja Ro gt File Group No Restart Modes 168 169 170 174 175 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Powerup Delay Defines the programmed delay time in seconds before a start command is accepted after a power up Start At PowerUp Enables disables a feature to issue a Start or Run command and automatically resume running at commanded speed after drive input power is restored Requires a digital input configured for Run or Start and a valid start contact Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Options 0 0 Secs 0 0 10800 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 Disabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Flying Start En Enables disables the function which reconnects to a spinning motor at actual RPM when a start command is issued Not required in FVC Vector mode when using an encoder Flying StartGain Sets the response of the flying start function Important Lower gain may be required for permanent magnet motors Auto Rstrt Tries Sets the maximum number of t
39. 1 J1 JO JO JO JO Mask 0 io j0 jo jo JO jo jo 1 lo lo jo JO 1 JO JO Result Output On Mask AND If All bits in the value are set in the mask then the output is On Selected Value 0 jO 0 O0 1 1 JO JO J1 J1 1 1 0 JO JO JO Mask o lo o jo jo jo jo jo 1 Jo o jo jo 1 Jo Jo 66 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Applications File File 600 601 Torque Proving 602 603 604 605 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions E TorqProve Cnfg Enables disables torque brake proving feature When Enabled Digital Out1 Sel becomes the brake control Note this value is not changed when parameters are reset to factory defaults S Ss XX OSE Ry SVOE YG SI IM S S Sew SII LSI ISS SS PPP TPIS S Te abe Xx xix xix x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O Disabled pis 14 13 ajn 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 x Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values Option Descriptions Enable Enables TorqProve features Encoderless Enables encoderless operation bit 0 must also be enabled MicroPosSel A 1 allows the Micro Position digital input to change the speed command while the drive is running Preload Sel 0 us
40. 200 0 reference or maximum speed Dependent on the Units 0 1 setting of Trim Out Select parameter 118 117 Trim In Select Default 2 Analog In 2 Specifies which analog input signal is being used Options 0 P Setpoint as a trim input 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 See Appendix B for DPI port locations tg tad ifselected HIM manual control is not allowed Bese 8 Encoder 9 MOP Level 10 Reserved 11 Preset Spd1 12 Preset Spd2 13 Preset Spd3 14 Preset Spd4 15 Preset Spd5 16 Preset Spd6 17 Preset Spd7 18 DPIPort O 2 a E 19 DPI Port 2 20 DPI Port 3 2 21 DPI Port 4 a 22 DPIPort5 23 24 Reserved 25 28 Scale Block1 4 118 Trim Out Select Specifies which speed references are to be trimmed SOS SS x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 Bit2 Bit1 0 pE 1 Trimmed 7 0 Add Not Trimmed Biti N x Reserved Factory Default Bit Values 119 Trim Hi Default 60 0 Hz Scales the upper value of the Trim In Select Min Max Maximum Speed selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1Hz 1 RPM 120 Trim Lo Default 0 0 Hz Scales the lower value of the Trim In Select Min Max Maximum Speed selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 1 RPM Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 Related
41. 22 Counts per Unit 72 Current Lmt Gain 38 Current Lmt Sel 38 Current Lmt Val 38 Current Rate Limit 39 Data In Ax 58 Data Out Ax 58 DB Resistor 69 DB Resistor Type 40 DB While Stopped 39 DC Brake Level 39 DC Brake Time 39 DC Brk Levl Sel 39 DC Bus Memory 21 DC Bus Voltage 21 Decel Mask 56 Decel Owner 57 Decel Time x 38 Dig In Status 49 Dig Out Invert 66 Dig Out Mask 66 Dig Out Param 66 Dig Out Setpt 64 Dig Out Status 49 Dig Outx Level 65 Dig Outx OffTime 65 Dig Outx OnTime 65 Digin DataLogic 64 Digital Inx Sel 63 Digital Outx Sel 65 Direction Mask 56 Direction Mode 44 Direction Owner 57 DPI Baud Rate 55 DPI Fdbk Select 56 DPI Loss Action 44 DPI Port Sel 55 DPI Port Value 55 DPI Ref Select 55 Drive Alarm 1 47 Drive Alarm 2 48 Drive Checksum 46 Drive Logic Rslt 55 Drive OL Count 49 Drive OL Mode 38 Drive Ramp Rslt 55 Drive Ref Rslt 55 Drive Status 1 47 Drive Status 2 47 Drive Status 3 50 Drive Temp 49 Droop RPM FLA 38 Dyn UserSet Actv 46 Dyn UsrSet Cnfg 46 Dyn UsrSet Sel 46 Elapsed kWh 21 Elapsed MWh 21 Elapsed Run Time 21 Enc Position Fdbk 28 Encoder Pos Tol 72 Encoder PPR 28 Encoder Speed 28 Encoder Z Chan 28 Fault 1 Time 53 Fault Amps 50 Fault Bus Volts 50 Fault Clear 52 Fault Clear Mode 52 Fault Clr Mask 56 Fault Clr Owner 57 Fault Config x 52 Fault Speed 50 Fault x Code 52 Fdbk Filter Sel 28 Feedback Select 29 Find Home Ramp 73 Find Home Speed 73 Float Tolerance 68 Flux Braking 40 Fl
42. 4 Code 249 aults 52 Commanded Freq 2 Metering 21 ault 4 Time 250 aults 53 Commanded Torque 24 Metering 22 ault 5 Code 251 aults 2 Compensation 56 Torq Attributes 24 ault 5 Time 252 aults 53 Control Status 440 Torq Attributes 27 ault 6 Code 253 aults 62 Control SW Ver 29 Drive Data 22 k ault 6 Time 254 aults 53 Counts Per Unit 708 ProfSetup Status n ans ault 7 Code 255 aults 52 Current Lmt Gain 149 Load Limits 38 ault 7 Time 256 aults 53 Current Lmt Sel 147 Load Limits 38 rault 8 Code 257 aults 52 Current Lmt Val 148 Load Limits 38 ault 8 Time 258 aults 53 Current Rate Limit 154 Load Limits FE z ault Amps 225 Diagnostics 50 Data In XX 300 307 Datalinks 58 7 ault Bus Volts 226 Diagnostics 50 Data Out XX 310 317 Datalinks 58 ault Clear 240 Faults 52 DB Resistor 647 Oil Well Pump 69 ault Clear Mode 241 aults 52 DB Resistor Type 163 Stop Brake Modes 40 j rault Clr Mask 283 Masks amp Owners 56 DB While Stopped 145 Stop Brake Modes 39 rault Clr Owner 295 Masks amp Owners els DC Brake Level 158 Stop Brake Modes 39 ault Config 1 238 Faults 2 DC Brake Time 159 Stop Brake Modes 39 i A ault Speed 224 Diagnostics 50 DC Brk Lvl Sel 157 Stop Brake Modes 39 7 dbk Filter Sel 416 Speed Feedback 28 DC Bus Memory B Metering 21 eedback Select 80 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 DC Bus Voltage 12 Metering 21 ind Home Ramp 714 ProfSetup Status 73 Decel Mask 282 Masks amp Owners
43. 5 7 Reserved Reserved for future use 8 HoldStep When set this command will inhibit the profile from transitioning to the next step when the condition s required are satisfied When the hold command is released the profile will transition to the next step 9 Pos This bit is used to set the present position as home When this bit is set Profile Status bit At Redefine Home will be set and the Units Traveled will be set to zero 10 FindHome This bit is used to command the find home routine 11 Vel Override When set the velocity of the present step will be multiplied by the value in Vel Override 12 Reserved Reserved for future use Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 129 AppendixC Application Notes The Pos Spd Prof Cmd bits can be set via DPI interface HIM or Comm or digital inputs When digital input s are programmed for Pos Sel 1 5 the starting step of the profile is exclusively controlled by the digital inputs The DPI interface value for bits 0 4 will be ignored If a digital input is configured for the bit 8 11 functions see above the DPI interface or the digital input can activate the command Velocity Regulated Step Types and Parameters Each of the Velocity Regulated steps has the following associated parameters or functions Refer to the following page for descriptions Step Type Value Velocity Accel Decel Next Step Dwell Batch
44. 56 s ind Home Speed 713 ProfSetup Status B Decel Owner 294 Masks amp Owners 57 loat Tolerance 606 Torq Proving 68 Decel Time X 142 143 Ramp Rates 38 lux Braking 166 Stop Brake Modes 40 DigIn DataLogic 411 Digital Inputs 64 lux Current 5 Metering 21 Dig In Status 216 Diagnostics 49 A Dioital nX Sel 361 366 Digital Input 3 lux Current Ref 63 Torq Attributes p ee wee lux Up Mode 57 Torq Attributes 25 lux Up Time 58 Torq Attributes 25 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 77 Chapter 1 78 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name Number Group Page Parameter Name Number Group Page Flying Start En 169 Restart Modes 41 Deriv Time 459 Process Pl 36 Flying StartGain 170 Restart Modes 41 Error Meter 137 Process PI 36 Gearbox Limit 648 Oil Well Pump 69 Fdback Meter 136 Process P 36 Gearbox Rating 642 Oil Well Pump 69 Feedback Hi 462 rocess PI 36 Gearbox Sheave 643 Oil Well Pump 69 Feedback Lo 463 rocess PI 36 Gearbox Ratio 644 Oil Well Pump 69 Feedback Sel 128 Process Pl 35 Gnd Warn Level 177 Power Loss B I Integral Time 129 Process PI 35 HighRes Re 308 Datalinks 58 Lower Limit 13
45. 700 lifting application is mainly influenced by parameters 600 through 611 in the Torque Proving group of the Application file Figure 7 and the paragraphs that follow describe programming Figure 7 Torque Proving Flow Diagram Operator Run Run Commands Command Command Released Run can be initiated anytime ee _ ac f Brk Release Time ZeroSpdFloatTime Brk Set Time Parameter 604 Parameter 605 Parameter 607 Drive Torque Brake Float Brake Brake Actions Prove Initiated Released Initiated Set Slip Test All times between Drive Actions are programmable and can be made very small i e Brake Release Time can be 0 1 seconds Torque Proving When the drive receives a start command to begin a lifting operation the following actions occur 1 The drive first performs a transistor diagnostic test to check for phase to phase and phase to ground shorts A failure status from either of these tests will result in a drive fault and the brake relay will NOT be energized brake remains set Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C 2 The drive will then provide the motor with flux as well as perform a check for current flow through all three motor phases This ensures that torque will be delivered to the load when the mechanical brake is released When torque proving is enabled open phase loss detection is performed regardless of the setting of Bit 12 of Fault Config 1 paramete
46. At PowerUp is enabled Drive may start at any time within 10 seconds of drive powerup Occurs when e Auto Manual is selected default for Digital In3 Sel parameter 363 and TB Man Ref Sel parameter 96 has been reprogrammed No other use for the selected analog input may be programmed Example If TB Man Ref Sel is reprogrammed to Analog In 2 all of the factory default uses for Analog In 2 must be reprogramed such as parameters 90 117 128 and 179 To correct Verify reprogram the parameters that reference an analog input or e Reprogram Digital In3 to another function or Unused When TorgProve Cnfg is enabled Motor Cntl Sel Feedback Select and Motor Fdbk Type must be properly set see page 119 The bus voltage has dropped below a predetermined value Torq Perf Mode Custom V Hz amp the V Hz slope is negative The Wake timer is counting toward a value that will start the drive 1 See page 83 for a description of alarm types Table 5 Alarm Cross Reference No Alarm No Alarm No Alarm 1 Precharge Active 15 Ground Warn 28 Ixo Vit Rang 2 UnderVoltage 16 Brake Slipping 29 Sleep Config 3 Power Loss 17 Dig In ConflictA 30 TB Man Ref Cflct 4 Start At PowerUp 18 Dig In ConflictB 31 PTC Conflict 5 Analog in Loss 19 Dig In ConflictC 32 Bra
47. Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 127 AppendixC Application Notes Position Indexer Speed Profiler 128 The PowerFlex 700 includes a position indexer speed profiler which provides either point to point positioning with a position regulator or speed profiling using a velocity regulator Point to point positioning can be either incremental moves or absolute moves which are referenced to home Encoder feedback incremental encoder is required for the position regulator Speed profiling steps can be time based or triggered by digital inputs encoder counts or parameter levels These speed profiling steps can be operated open loop or with an encoder The indexer is programmed by entering data into a 16 step array Each step has several variables for optimal customization see below The steps can be run in a continuous cycle or a single cycle The process can also move to or from any step in the array Step Type Accel Decel Next Step Next Time Time Condition This feature also includes homing capability to a limit switch or a marker pulse using an automatic homing procedure IMPORTANT The PowerFlex 700 uses an incremental encoder only Since absolute encoders are not used your process must be able to accommodate this homing procedure after a power down or power loss Common Guidelines for all Step Types e Enabling Position Indexer Speed Profiler This feature is enabled by selecting 7 Pos Spd Prof in Speed Tor
48. Brake Mode 40 278 og Mask Masks amp Owners 56 454 Rev Speed Limit Speed Regulator 30 279 Direction Mask Masks amp Owners 56 459 PI Deriv Time Process PI 36 280 eference Mask Masks amp Owners 56 460 Pl Reference Hi Process PI 36 281 Accel Mask Masks amp Owners 36 461 PI Reference Lo Process PI 36 282 ecel Mask Masks amp Owners 36 462 PI Feedback Hi Process PI 36 283 ault Clr Mask Masks amp Owners 56 463 PI Feedback Lo Process PI 36 284 MOP Mask Masks amp Owners Ey 464 PI Output Gain Process PI 36 285 Local Mask Masks amp Owners 37 476 494 ScaleX In Value Scaled Blocks 54 288_ Stop Owner Masks amp Owners 52 477 495 Scalex In Hi Scaled Blocks 54 289 Start Owner Masks amp Owners 57 478 496 ScaleX In Lo Scaled Blocks 54 290 og Owner Masks amp Owners 37 479 497 ScaleX Out Hi Scaled Blocks 54 291 irection Owner Masks amp Owners 57 480 498 ScaleX Out Lo Scaled Blocks 54 292 eference Owner Masks amp Owners 37 481 499 ScaleX Out Value Scaled Blocks 54 293 Accel Owner Masks amp Owners a7 505 Port Mask Act Security 58 294 ecel Owner Masks amp Owners 57 596 Write Mask Cfg Security 58 295 rault Clr Owner Masks amp Owners 51 597 Write Mask Act Security 59 296 MOP Owner Masks amp Owners 51 598 Logic Mask Act Security 59 297 Local Owner Masks amp Owners 57 600 TorqProve Cnfg Torq Proving 6 298 PI Ref Select Comm Control 55 601 TorqProve Setup Torq Proving Z 299 PI Fdbk Select Comm Control 56 602 Spd Dev Band Torq Proving
49. Brake Modes 40 Stop Mode X 155 156 Stop Brake Modes 39 Stop Owner 288 Masks amp Owners 57 SV Boost Filter 59 Torq Attributes 25 TB Man Ref Hi 97 Speed Reference 32 TB Man Ref Lo 98 Speed Reference 32 TB Man Ref Sel 96 Speed Reference 32 Testpoint X Data 235 237 Diagnostics 51 Testpoint X Sel 234 236 Diagnostics 51 Torq Ref A Div 430 Torq Attributes 26 TorqAlarm Level 632 Oil Well Pump 68 TorgAlarm Action 633 Oil Well Pump 68 TorqAlarm Dwell 634 Oil Well Pump 69 TorgAlrm Timeout 635 Oil Well Pump 69 TorgAlrm TO Act 636 Oil Well Pump 69 TorqLim SlewRate 608 Torq Proving 68 TorqProve Cnfg 600 Torq Proving 67 TorqProve Setup 601 Torq Proving 67 TorqProve Status 612 Torq Proving 68 Torque Curren 4 Metering 21 Torque Ref B Mult 434 Torq Attributes 26 Torque Ref X Hi 428 432 Torq Attributes 26 Torque Ref X Lo 429 433 Torq Attributes 26 Torque Ref X Sel 427 431 Torq Attributes 26 Torque Setpoint 435 Torq Attributes 26 Torque Setpoint2 438 Torq Attributes ua Total Gear Ratio 646 Oil Well Pump 69 Total Inertia 450 Speed Regulator 37 Trim Setpoint 116 Speed Trim 3 Trim Hi 119 Speed Trim Ep Trim In Select 117 Speed Trim 33 Trim Lo 120 Speed Trim 33 Trim Out Select 118 Speed Trim 33 Units Traveled 701 ProfSetup Status 22 Vel Override 711 ProfSetup Status n Voltage Class 202 Drive Memory 46 Wake Level 180 Restart Modes 42 Wake Time 181 Restart Modes 42 Write Mask Act 597 Security 59 Write Mask Cfg 596 Security 58 ZeroSpdFloatTime
50. Data Out A2 Link A Word 2 See Data Out A1 Link A Word 1 Data Out A2 Link A Word 2 See Data Out A1 Link A Word 1 Data Out AIN i R RISSIES S VV VILLE Lg WSSALSPS 1 Active Ojxjx x xix x x x 1 1 1 1 1 11 02 NotActive pis 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values Write Mask Cfg Enables disables write access parameters links etc for DPI ports Changes to this parameter only become effective when power is cycled the drive is reset or bit 15 of Write Mask Actv transitions from 1 to 0 Ss SISSIES WRITE LIS WY YVSVYSY9 R x x x x x x x x xli lilililililkx D laa p1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values gy 2 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 o ce 597 Write M
51. Limit 140 Rod Load Torque 68 Run Boost 27 S S Curve 38 Save HIM Ref 44 Save MOP Ref 45 Save To User Set 45 Saving Data 109 Scale In Hi 54 Scale In Lo 54 Scale In Value 54 Scale Out Hi 54 Scale Out Lo 54 Scale Out Value 54 Scaled Blocks Group 54 See Manual Fault 89 Setting Preferences 109 Shear Pin Fault 89 Shear Pin Time 43 Skip Freq Band 30 Skip Frequency 141 Skip Frequency x 30 Sleep Config Alarm 92 Sleep Level 43 165 Index 166 Sleep Time 43 Sleep Wake Mode 142 Sleep Wake Mode 42 Sleep Wake Ref 42 Slip Comp Gain 34 Slip Comp Group 34 Slip RPM FLA 34 Slip RPM Meter 34 Software Fault 89 Spd Err Filt BW 37 Spd Fdbk No Filt 22 Spd Mode amp Limits Group 29 SpdBand Integrat 67 Specifications Control 99 100 Electrical 99 Encoder 100 Environment 98 Protection 98 Speed Command File 29 Speed Desired BW 37 Speed Dev Band 67 Speed Feedback 22 Speed Feedback Group 27 Speed Loop Meter 37 Speed Ref A Hi 31 Speed Ref A Lo 31 Speed Ref A Sel 31 Speed Ref B Hi 31 Speed Ref B Lo 31 Speed Ref B Sel 31 Speed Ref Cflct Alarm 92 Speed Ref Source 48 Speed Reference 22 Speed References Group 31 Speed Regulator Group 37 Speed Trim Group 33 Speed Units 29 Speed Torque Mod 30 Standard Control Option 17 Start At PowerUp 41 144 Start At PowerUp Alarm 93 Start Inhibits 48 Start Mask 56 Start Owner 57 Start Acc Boost 27 Static Discharge ESD 11 Status 1 Fault 50 Status 2 Fault 50 Status 3 Fault
52. Limit 648 Pos Spd Profile ProfSetup Status Pos Spd Prof Sts 700 Encoder Pos Tol 707 FindHomeRamp 714 Units Traveled 701 Counts Per Unit 708 Pos Reg Filter 718 Home Position 702 Vel Override 711 Pos Reg Gain 719 Pos Spd ProfCmd 705 Find Home Speed 713 Profile Step 1 16 Step x Type 720 StepxDecelTime 723 Step x Batch 726 Step x Velocity 721 Step x Value 724 Step x Next 727 Step xAccelTime 722 Step x Dwell 725 These parameters will only be displayed when parameter 053 Motor Cntl Sel is set to option 2 or 3 These parameters will only be displayed when parameter 053 Motor Cntl Sel is set to option 4 6XFirmware version 6 002 and later 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Monitor File Group File No 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 Metering 009 010 011 012 013 014 016 017 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Output Freq Output frequency present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Commanded Speed Value of the active Speed Frequency Reference Displayed in Hz or RPM depending on value of Speed Units Output Current The total output current present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Torque Current Based on the motor the amount of current that is in phase with the fundamental voltage component Flux Current Amount of current that is out of phase with t
53. Min Max 2147483647 reference for peer to peer communications The Units 1 value shown is the value prior to the accel decel ramp and the corrections supplied by slip comp PI etc Drive Ramp Rslt Default Read Only Present frequency reference scaled as a DPI Min Max 2147483647 reference for peer to peer communications The Units 1 value shown is the value after the accel decel ramp but prior to any corrections supplied by slip comp PI etc DPI Port Sel Default DPI Port 1 Selects which DPI port reference value will Options 1 5 DPI Port 1 5 appear in DPI Port Value DPI Port Value Default Read Only Value of the DPI reference selected in DPI Port Min Max 32767 Sel Units 1 DPI Ref Select Default 0 Max Freq Scales DPI on maximum frequency or maximum Options 0 Max Freq speed 1 Max Speed Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 55 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters File COMMUNICATIONS Group No Comm Control Masks amp Owners 276 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions DPI Fdbk Select Selects the DPI units displayed on the first line of the HIM and the feedback word through any connected DPI peripheral 20 COMM x 1203 USB etc Refer to Input Output Definitions on page 62 2 Speed Fdbk is a filtered value Choose 25 SpdFb NoFilt
54. Motor Data 23 ScaleX In Hi 477 495 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor OL Count 220 Diagnostics 49 ScaleX In Lo 478 496 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor OL Factor 48 Motor Data 23 ScaleX In Value 476 494 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor OL Hertz 47 Motor Data 2 ScaleX Out Hi 479 497 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor OL Mode 50 Motor Data 23 ScaleX Out Lo 480 498 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor Poles 49 Motor Data 2 ScaleX Out Value 481 499 Scaled Blocks 54 Motor Sheave 645 Oil Well Pump 69 Shear Pin Time 189 Power Loss 43 Motor Type 40 Motor Data 23 Skip Freq Band 87 Spd Mode amp Limits 30 Mtr NP Pwr Units 46 Motor Data 23 Skip Frequency 1 3 84 86 Spd Mode amp Limits 30 Mtr OL Trip Time 221 Diagnostics 49 Sleep Level 182 Restart Modes 43 Mtr Tor Cur Ref 441 Torq Attributes 27 Sleep Time 183 Restart Modes 4B Neg Torque Limit 437 Torq Attributes 27 Sleep Wake Mode 178 Restart Modes 42 Notch Filter Freq 419 Speed Feedback 28 Sleep Wake Ref 179 Restart Modes 42 Notch Filter K 420 Speed Feedback 28 Slip Comp Gain 122 Slip Comp 34 OilWell Pump Sel 641 Oil Well Pump 69 Slip RPM FLA 121 Slip Comp 34 Output Current 3 Metering 21 Slip RPM Meter 123 Slip Comp 34 Output Freq 1 Metering 21 Spd Dev Band 602 Torq Proving 67 Output Power 7 Metering 21 Spd Err Filt BW 448 Speed Regulator 37 Output Powr Fctr 8 Metering 21 Spd Fdbk No Filt 21 Metering 22 Output Voltage 6 Metering 21 SpdBand Integrat 603 Torq Proving 67 Overspeed Limit 83 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 Speed Desired BW 449 Speed Regulator 3 P
55. Next Time Time Condition Time Total Move Speed amp Accel Decel Timegreaterthan Dwell Batch Next Time Direction Rate Rate Step Value Time Number Step Time Blend TotalTime Speed amp Accel Decel Timegreaterthan NA NA Next Direction Rate Rate Step Value Step Digital Input Digital Speed amp Accel Decel Digital Input logic Dwell Batch Next Input Direction Rate Rate Time Number Step Number Encoder Position amp Speed Accel Decel AtPosition Step NA NA Next Incremental Direction Rate Rate Value Step Blend Parameter Parameter Speed amp Accel Decel Step Value gt or Compare NA Next Level Number Direction Rate Rate lt Step Dwell Value Step End NA NA NA Decel AtZerotransition Dwell NA Stop Rate Time NA Function not applicable to this step type Time When started the drive will ramp to the desired velocity hold the speed and then ramp to zero in the programmed time for the given step Dwell time and batch affect when the next step is executed Time Blend When started the drive will ramp to the desired velocity and hold speed for the programmed time At this point it will transition to the next step and ramp to the programmed velocity without going to zero speed Digital Input When started the drive will ramp to the desired velocity and hold speed until the digital input programmed in the value transitions in the d
56. Options Default Options Default Options Save DoNotSave Reserved 1 0 Hz s 30 0 RPM s 0 2 Maximum Freq 6 0 Maximum Freq 0 1 Hz s 0 1 RPM s 0 Basic 0 Basic 1 Advanced 2 Reserved 0 Ready 0 Ready 1 Factory 2 Low Voltage 3 High Voltage 0 Ready 0 Ready 1 User Set 1 2 User Set 2 3 User Set 3 0 Ready 0 Ready 1 User Set 1 2 User Set 2 3 User Set 3 0 Ready 0 Ready 1 MWh 2 Elapsed Time Chapter 1 Related 198 45 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters 46 File Group No Drive Memory 202 203 204 205 206 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Language Default 0 Not Selected Selects the display language when using an LCD Options 0 Not Selected HIM This parameter is not functional with an 1 English LED HIM 2 Francais Options 6 8 and 9 are Reserved 3 Espa ol This parameter is not reset when Reset to 4 Italiano Defaults is selected 5 Deutsch 7 Portugu s 10 Nederlands Voltage Class Default Based on Drive Cat No Configures the drive current rating and associates 2 Low Voltage it with the selected voltage i e 400 or 480V Options 3 High Voltage Normally used when downloading parameter 4 Reserve
57. PI Feedback Hi 36 PI Feedback Lo 36 PI Feedback Sel 35 PI Integral Time 35 PI Lower Limit 35 PI Output Gain 36 PI Output Meter 36 PI Preload 36 PI Prop Gain 35 PI Ref Meter 36 PI Reference Hi 36 PI Reference Lo 36 PI Reference Sel 35 PI Setpoint 35 PI Status 36 PI Upper Limit 36 Port 1 6 DPI Loss Fault 88 PORT LED 84 Ports DPI Type 105 Pos Reg Filter 73 Pos Reg Gain 73 Pos Torque Limit 26 Pos Spd Prof Cmd 72 Pos Spd Prof Sts 72 Pos Spd Profile File 72 Power Loss Alarm 92 Power Loss Fault 88 Power Loss Group 43 Power Loss Level 43 Power Loss Mode 43 Power Loss Ride Through 137 Power Loss Time 43 Power Unit Fault 88 Powerup Delay 41 PowerUp Marker 52 Precautions General 11 Precharge Active Alarm 92 Preferences Setting 109 Preset Speed x 32 Process PI Group 34 Process PID 138 Prof Step Cflct Alarm 92 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Index Profile Step Group 73 ProfSetup Status Group 72 Programmable Controller Configurations 103 Programming 15 PTC Conflict Alarm 92 PTC HW Value 22 Pulse In Loss Fault 88 Pulse In Scale 28 Pulse Input Ref 32 PWM Frequency 38 Pwr Brd Chksum Fault 89 Pwr Brd Chksum2 89 PWR LED 84 Ramp Rates Group 38 Ramped Speed 22 Rated Amps 22 Rated kW 22 Rated Volts 22 Reference Mask 56 Reference Owner 57 Regen Power Limit 39 Replaced MCB PB Fault 89 Reset Meters 45 Reset to Defaults 45 109 Restart Modes Group 41 Rev Speed Limit 30 Reverse Speed
58. PPR 413 Notch Filter Freq 419 ulse In Scale 422 Enc Position Fdbk 414 Notch Filter K 420 Encoder Z Chan 423 Encoder Speed 415 Speed Command Speed Units 79 Overspeed Limit 083 Skip Freq Band 087 Feedback Select 80 Skip Frequency 1 084 Speed Torque Mod 088 Minimum Speed 81 Skip Frequency2 085 ev Speed Limit 454 Maximum Speed 82 Skip Frequency3 086 Speed Ref A Sel 90 Speed Ref B Hi 094 TB Man Ref Hi 097 Speed Ref A Hi 91 Speed Ref B Lo 095 TB Man Ref Lo 098 Speed Ref A Lo 092 TB Man Ref Sel 096 ulse Input Ref 099 Speed Ref B Sel 93 Jog Speed 1 100 Preset Speed 1 7 101 107 Jog Speed 2 108 Trim In Select 117 Trim Hi 119 Trim Setpoint 116 Trim Out Select 118 Trim Lo 120 Slip RPM FLA 21 Slip Comp Gain 122 Slip RPM Meter 123 PI Configuration 24 PI Upper Limit 132 PI Reference Lo 461 PI Control 25 PI Preload 133 PI Feedback Hi 462 PI Reference Sel 26 PI Status 134 PI Feedback Lo 463 PI Setpoint 27 PI Ref Meter 135 PI BW Filter 139 PI Feedback Sel 28 PI Fdback Meter 136 PI Deriv Time 459 PI Integral Time 129 PI Error Meter 137 PI Output Gain 464 PI Prop Gain 30 PI Output Meter 138 PI Lower Limit 31 PI Reference Hi 460 Ki Speed Loop 445 Spd Err Filt BW 448 Speed Loop Meter 451 Kp Speed Loop 446 Speed Desired BW 449 Kf Speed Loop 447 Total Inertia 450 Dynamic Control Accel Time 1 2 140 141 Decel Time 1 2 142 143 S Curve 146 Piao Current Lmt Sel 147 Drive OL Mode 150 Regen Power Limit 153 a Current Lmt Val 148 PWM Fre
59. RPM Pulse In Scale Input Pulse Rate Hz F 120 Desired Cmd RPM Motor Poles Encoder Z Chan Defines if the input wired to terminals 5 amp 6 of the Encoder Terminal Block will be used as a Pulse or Marker input Options 1 amp 3 detect a loss of signal when using differential inputs regardless of the Feedback Select param 080 setting When option 2 or 3 is used with Profile Indexer mode the homing routine will position to the nearest marker pulse off of the home limit switch 28 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options 1024 PPR 2 20000 PPR 1PPR Read Only 2147483647 1 Read Only 420 0 Hz 25200 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM 0 None 0 None 1 Light 2 Heavy 0 0 Hz 0 0 500 0 Hz 0 1 Hz 0 3 Hz 0 1 0 9 Hz 0 1 Hz Read Only 2147483647 1 64 2 20000 1 Pulse Input Pulse Input Pulse Check Marker Input Marker Check WnNn od oO Related x Ko wal ws ear tes Speed Command File Progra mming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Descrip
60. Sel Digital Out2 Sel Digital Out3 Sel Selects the drive status that will energize a CRx output relay g Any relay programmed as Fault or Alarm will energize pick up when power is applied to drive and deenergize drop out when a fault or alarm exists Relays selected for other functions will energize only when that condition exists and will deenergize when condition is removed 2 Refer to Option Definitions on page 62 3 Activation level is defined in Dig Outx Level below 4 When TorqProve Cnfg is set to Enable Digital Out1 Sel becomes the brake control and any other selection will be ignored Firmware 6 002 amp Later S Dig Out1 Level Dig Out2 Level Dig Out3 Level Sets the relay activation level for options 10 15 in Digital Outx Sel Units are assumed to match the above selection i e At Freq Hz At Torque Amps Dig Out1 OnTime Dig Out2 OnTime Dig Out3 OnTime Sets the ON Delay time for the digital outputs This is the time between the occurrence of a condition and activation of the relay Dig Out1 OffTime Dig Out2 OffTime Dig Out3 OffTime Sets the OFF Delay time for the digital outputs This is the time between the disappearance of a condition and de activation of the relay Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Options Default Min Ma
61. Skip w Recalculated Skip Frequency 0 Hz If the band is outside the limits the skip band is inactive 400 Hz Skip Frequency 1 eea 60 Hz Max Frequency 0 Hz This function stops sleep and starts wake the drive based on separately configurable analog input levels rather than discrete start and stop signals When enabled in Direct mode the drive will start wake when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Wake Level and stop the drive when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level When Sleep Wake is enabled for Invert mode 1 the drive will start wake when an analog signal is less than or equal to the user specified Wake Level and stop the drive when an analog signal is greater than or equal to the user specified Sleep Level 1 Invert mode is only available with Vector firmware 3 xxx and later Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Definitions e Wake A start command generated when the analog input value remains above Wake Level or below when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Wake Time e Sleep A Stop command generated when the analog input value remains below Sleep Level or above when Invert mode is active for a time greater than Sleep Time e Speed Reference The active speed command to the drive as selected by dr
62. Time Blend Step 6 Type 3 Dig Input Step 7 Type 4 Encoder Incr Step 8 Type 5 EnclncrBlend Step 9 Type 6 Encoder Abs ae H aypa 7 End Hold Pos ep 11 Type Step 12 Type 8 Param Level Step 13 Type Step 14 Type Step 15 Type Step 16 Type Selects the type of move for a particular step The following step types use the velocity regulator only End 0 drive ramps to zero speed and stops the profile after the programmed dwell time Time 1 drive ramps to Step x Velocity holds speed and decels to zero in specified Step x Value time Time Blend 2 drive ramps to Step x Velocity and holds speed until Step x Value time completes then transitions to step defined in Step x Next Dig Input 3 drive ramps to Step x Velocity holds speed until input specified in Step x Value transitions in the direction defined by sign of Step x Value EnclncrBlend 5 drive ramps to Step x Velocity holds speed when at encoder position defined by Step x Value within tolerance window transition to Step x Next Param Level 8 drive ramps to Step x Velocity holds speed and compares Step x Value to Step x Dwell The sign of Step x Value gt lt determines when to transition Step x Next and compares Step x Dwell to the value specified by the parameter number in Step x Value The follo
63. Time x 38 Defaults Resetting to 45 109 Diagnostic Data Viewing 109 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Diagnostics Group 47 Dig In Conflict Alarm 91 Dig In Status 49 Dig Out Invert 66 Dig Out Mask 66 Dig Out Param 66 Dig Out Setpt 64 Dig Out Status 49 Dig Outx Level 65 Dig Outx OffTime 65 Dig Outx OnTime 65 DigIn DataLogic 64 Digital Inputs Group 63 Digital Inx Sel 63 Digital Outputs Group 63 Digital Outx Sel 65 Direction Config Group 44 Direction Mask 56 Direction Mode 44 Direction Owner 57 Discrete Speeds Group 32 DPI Baud Rate 55 DPI Fdbk Select 56 DPI Loss Action 44 DPI Port 1 6 Fault 88 DPI Port Locations 105 DPI Port Sel 55 DPI Port Value 55 DPI Ref Select 55 Drive Alarm 1 47 Drive Alarm 2 48 Drive Checksum 46 Drive Data Group 22 Drive Frame Size 10 Drive Logic Rslt 55 Drive Memory Group 45 Drive OL Count 49 Drive OL Level Alarm 91 Drive OL Mode 38 Drive Overload Fault 86 Drive Powerup Fault 86 Drive Ramp Rslt 55 Drive Ref Rslt 55 Drive Status 1 47 Drive Status 2 47 Drive Status 3 50 Drive Temp 49 DriveExecutive 15 DriveExplorer 15 Droop RPM FLA 38 Dyn UserSet Actv 46 Dyn UsrSet Cnfg 46 Dyn UsrSet Sel 46 Dynamic Brake Resistor Selection 40 Setup 40 Dynamic Control File 38 Editing Parameters 15 Elapsed kWh 21 Elapsed MWh 21 Elapsed Run Time 21 Enc Position Fdbk 28 Encoder Loss Fault 86 Encoder Pos Tol 72 Encoder PPR 28 Encoder Quad Err Fault 86 Encoder Speed
64. Tries Fault 86 Auto Reset Start 83 Autotune 25 AutoTune Aborted Fault 86 Autotune Torque 26 Auxiliary Input Fault 86 Bipolar Conflict Alarm 91 Brake Slipped Alarm 91 Brake Slipping Alarm 91 Brake Test Torq 68 Brake Dynamic 40 Break Frequency 27 Break Voltage 27 Brk Alarm Travel 68 Brk Release Time 67 Brk Set Time 68 BrkSlip Count 68 Bus Capacitors Discharging 11 Bus Reg Kd 40 Bus Reg Ki 39 Bus Reg Kp 40 157 Index 158 Bus Reg Mode A 40 Bus Reg Mode B 40 C Capacitors Bus Discharging 11 Catalog Number Explanation 13 Clear Fault Clr Owner 57 Clearing Alarms 90 Clearing Faults 85 Cntl Bd Overtemp Fault 86 Comm Control Group 55 Commanded Speed 21 Commanded Torque 22 Common Symptoms and Corrective Action 94 Communication File 55 Communications Logic Command Word 103 Logic Status Word 104 Programmable Controller Configurations 103 Compensation 24 Control Options 17 Control Status 27 Control SW Ver 22 Copycat 109 Counts per Unit 72 Cross Reference Parameter by Name 77 by Number 80 Current Lmt Gain 38 Current Lmt Sel 38 Current Lmt Val 38 Current Rate Limit 39 D Data In Ax 58 Data Out Ax 58 Data Saving 109 Datalinks Group 58 DB Resistance Fault 86 DB Resistor 69 DB Resistor Type 40 DB While Stopped 39 DC Brake Level 39 DC Brake Time 39 DC Brk Levl Sel 39 DC Bus Memory 21 DC Bus Voltage 21 Decel Inhibit Fault 86 Decel Inhibt Alarm 91 Decel Mask 56 Decel Owner 57 Decel
65. True e parameter 705 bit 9 is Enabled e parameter 700 bit 13 At Home is Enabled position regulator will set this bit if device is home The DC bus ripple has exceeded a preset level The drive has temporarily disabled the DB regulator because the resistor temperature has exceeded a predetermined value The drive auto tuning default is Calculate and the value calculated for IR Drop Volts is not in the range of acceptable values This alarm should clear when all motor nameplate data is properly entered Motor leakage inductance is out of range Output torque current is below Load Loss Level for a time period greater than Load Loss time The sum of Maximum Speed and Overspeed Limit exceeds Maximum Freq Raise Maximum Freq or lower Maximum Speed and or Overspeed Limit so that the sum is less than or equal to Maximum Freq The value at the thermistor terminals has been exceeded Motor Type has been set to Synchr Reluc or Synchr PM and one or more of the OO S S following exist Motor Cntl Sel Sensrls Vect SV Economize or Fan Pmp V Hz Flux Up Time is greater than 0 0 Secs e Speed Mode is set to Slip Comp e Autotune Static Tune or Rotate Tune Fan pump mode is selected in Motor Cntl Sel and the ratio of Motor NP Hertz to Maximum Freq is greater than 26 Check PI Configuration
66. applications Refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual ATTENTION If a hazard of injury due to movement of equipment or material exists an auxiliary mechanical braking device must be used Programming and Parameters ATTENTION This feature should not be used with synchronous or permanent magnet motors Motors may be demagnetized during braking DC Brake Time Sets the amount of time DC brake current is injected into the motor Not used for Ramp to Hold which will apply DC braking continuously See page 147 Bus Reg Ki Sets the responsiveness of the bus regulator Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 Values g 2 2 Default 50 0 053 Min Max 800 0 0 0 Units 0 1 Default 400 0 053 Min Max 1 0 800 0 Units 0 1 Default 0 Disabled 161 Options 0 Disabled 162 1 Enabled Default 1 Ramp 157 Default 0 Coast 158 Options 0 Coast ii 159 1 Ramp 2 Ramp to Hold i 3 DC Brake 4 Fast Brake Default 0 DC Brake Lvl 155 Options 0 DC Brake Lvl 136 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 b Default Rated Amps 361 Min Max 0 Rated Amps x 1 5 p r Equation yields approximate gt maximum value Units 0 1 Amps Default 0 0 Secs 155 Min Max 0 0 90 0 Secs a 3 Units 0 1 Secs 158 Default 450 161 Min Max 0 5000 162 Units 1 39 Chapter1 Programm
67. below Drive Bit 0 of Drive Ramping Drive PI Control 1 The PI Loop Running to Stop Jogging enabled Signal Loss 1S Enabled I tH C l l Enabled Status I I Digital Input 7 is Reflected Bito Bit 6 A Digital Input The Configured a can PI Configuration is Configured Digital Input to PI Enable is Closed The drive must be running for the PI loop to be enabled The loop will be disabled when the drive is ramping to a stop unless Stop Mode is configured in PI Configuration jogging or the signal loss protection for the analog input s is sensing a loss of signal If a digital input has been configured to PI Enable two events are required to enable the loop the digital input must be closed AND bit 0 of the PI Control parameter must be 1 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C If no digital input is configured to PI Enable then only the Bit 0 1 condition must be met If the bit is permanently set to a 1 then the loop will become enabled as soon as the drive goes into run
68. both AdjVoltTrim amp Torque Trim are selected Drive has sensed a power line loss Drive is in the initial DC bus precharge state An error is detected in trend step s Set if Sleep Mode is enabled e Set if any profile step uses Encoder Incr and or Enc Absolute and Motor Cntl Sel parameter 53 is not set to FVC Vector and Feedback Select parameter 80 is not set to Encoder or Simulator and Speed Torque Mod parameter 88 7 Pos Spd Prof a Step Type is configured for Dig Input and the Step Value is greater than 6 less than 6 or zero or the digital input selected with Digital Inx Sel is not set to 57 Prof Input Cleared if none of the above occur PTCis enabled for Analog In 1 which is configured as a 0 20 mA current source in Anlg In Config Sleep Wake configuration error With Sleep Wake Mode Direct possible causes include drive is stopped and Wake Level lt Sleep Level Stop CF Run Run Forward or Run Reverse is not configured in Digital Inx Sel Speed Ref x Sel or PI Reference Sel is set to Reserved Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Alarm S A w g5 Start At PowerUp 4 TB Man Ref Cflct 130 TorqProve Cflct 49 UnderVoltage 2 VHz Neg Slope 124 Waking 1 0 Description Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Start
69. cause the drive to calculate and change Ki Speed Loop and Kp Speed Loop gains Total Inertia Represents the time in seconds for a motor coupled to a load to accelerate from zero to base speed at rated motor torque The drive calculates Total Inertia during the autotune inertia procedure Adjusting this parameter will cause the drive to calculate and change Ki Speed Loop and Kp Speed Loop gains Speed Loop Meter Value of the speed regulator output 1 96 if Motor Cntl Sel FVC Vector Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 7 0 0 0 4000 0 0 1 6 3 0 0 200 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 1 200 0 R s 0 0 2000 0 R s 0 1 R s 0 0 Radians Sec 0 0 250 0 Radians Sec 0 1 Radians Sec 0 10 Secs 0 01 600 00 0 01 Secs Read Only 800 0 800 0 Hz 800 0 RPM 0 1 Hz RPM Chapter 1 S Related eal tes wal ws wz tes eal tes wal JOD IA tes i N hiri N Kej 37 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Dynamic Control File 38 File Group 0 142 143 Ramp Rates 146 147 148 149 150 Load
70. command that initiates a non rotational motor stator resistance test for the best possible automatic setting of IR Voltage Drop in all valid modes and a non rotational motor leakage inductance test for the best possible automatic setting of Ixo Voltage Drop in FVC Vector mode A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Used when motor cannot be rotated Rotate Tune 2 A temporary command that initiates a Static Tune followed by a rotational test for the best possible automatic setting of Flux Current Ref In FVC Vector mode with encoder feedback a test for the best possible automatic setting of Slip RPM FLA is also run A start command is required following initiation of this setting The parameter returns to Ready 0 following the test at which time another start transition is required to operate the drive in normal mode Important If using rotate tune for Sensrls Vect mode the motor should be uncoupled from the load or results may not be valid With FVC Vector either a coupled or uncoupled load will produce valid results ATTENTION Rotation of the motor in an undesired direction can occur during this procedure To guard against possible injury and or equipment damage it is recommended that the motor be disconnected from
71. condition of the drive UTILITY Diagnostics 0 Condition False Pu WEU x Reserved Bit 211 Drive Alarm 1 Read Only Alarm conditions that currently exist in the drive Prof SetHome will be set if the alarm is configured in Alarm Config 1 Prof Indexer is configured in Speed Torque Mod and the homing routine has not been successfully completed RY eae olol I Condition True 1 0 N N 1 Condition True 0 Condition False x Reserved o I Condition True 0 Condition False x Reserved x x x x xjx x x o0 ig 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit Firmware 6 002 and later 2 Firmware 9 001 and later Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 47 Chapter 1 48 Programming and Parameters File 212 213 UTILITY Diagnostics 214 Values Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Drive Alarm 2 Alarm conditions that currently exist in the drive Read Only S ZILLA AALISIN SAANTIA OTRIN VILLI SIS SSSI SS ORIG V PIV YNY SYYS o ololofofofololofofolojofofolojo 1 Condition Tue pls 4B wi 9 87 6 5 4 3 21 0 y Reserved Bit A N LASA AAN S SS WIRLSS E x x x x x
72. cover DPIPort2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options DPIPort3or2 Splitter cable connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port DPIPort5 Cable connection for communications adapter Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 105 Appendix B HIM Overview Important Verify metal ground tab is bent 90 and is under the adapter before tightening screw After tightening the screw verify that continuity exists between the head of the screw and drive ground No Connector DPI Port 1 Figure 3 Port Locations Frames 7 10 Description HIM connection DPI Port 2 Cable connection for handheld and remote options Located on side of chassis for Frame 7 IP20 NEMA UL Type 1 DPI Port 3 or 2 Splitter cable connected to DPI Port 2 provides additional port 6 e DPI Port 5 Cable connection for communications adapter Removing Installing the HIM The HIM can be removed or installed while the drive is powered 106 IMPORTANT Step To remove the HIM 1 Press the Q key and then the Enter key Press Enter to The Remove HIM confirmation screen appears Disconnect Op Intrfc 2 Press the Enter key to confirm that you want to remove the HIM 3 Remove the HIM from the drive To install HIM
73. drive Speed Monitoring Speed Band Limit This routine is intended to fault the drive if the difference between the speed reference and the encoder feedback is larger than the value set in Spd Dev Band parameter 602 and the drive is NOT making any progress toward the reference SpdBand Integrat parameter 603 sets the time that the speed difference can be greater than the deviation band before causing a fault and setting the brake Float Float is defined as the condition when the drive is holding the load at zero hertz while holding off the mechanical brake The float condition starts when the frequency drops below the speed set in Float Tolerance parameter 606 Float will stay active for a period of time set by ZeroSpdFloatTime parameter 605 If a digital input parameters 361 366 is set to Micro Pos also Float and it is closed the Float condition will stay active and will disregard the timer This signal is also available through a communication device see TorqProve Setup parameter 601 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 121 AppendixC Application Notes Limit Switches for Digital Inputs 122 When encoderless TorqProve is enabled the drive cannot hold the load at zero speed Parameter 606 Float Tolerance will then define the speed at which the brake is set Micro Position Micro Position refers to rescaling of the commanded frequency by a percentage entered in MicroPos Scal
74. fails Float Capability ability to hold full torque at zero speed Micro Positioning Fast Stop Speed Deviation Fault Output Phase Loss Fault Encoder Loss Fault Encoderless TorqProve functionality includes Torque Proving includes flux up and last torque measurement Brake Proving Micro Positioning Fast Stop Speed Deviation Fault Output Phase Loss Fault IMPORTANT Brake Slip detection and Float capability ability to hold load at zero speed are not available in encoderless TorqProve injury and or equipment damage Loads must always be controlled by the drive ATTENTION Loss of control in suspended load applications can cause personal or a mechanical brake Parameters 600 612 are designed for lifting torque proving applications It is the responsibility of the engineer and or end user to configure drive parameters test any lifting functionality and meet safety requirements in accordance with all applicable codes and standards encoder i ATTENTION User must read the following prior to the use of TorqProve with no Encoderless TorqProve must be limited to lifting applications where personal safety is not a concern Encoders offer additional protection and must be used where personal safety is a concern Encoderless TorqProve cannot hold a load at zero speed without a mechanical brake and does not offer additional protection if the brake slips fails Loss of control in suspended load applications can cause personal
75. for symbol descriptions Motor Type Set to match the type of motor connected 0 Important Selecting option 1 or 2 also requires selection of Custom V Hz option 2 in parameter 53 Motor NP Volts Set to the motor nameplate rated volts Motor NP FLA Set to the motor nameplate rated full load amps Motor NP Hertz Set to the motor nameplate rated frequency Motor NP RPM Set to the motor nameplate rated RPM Motor NP Power Set to the motor nameplate rated power Mtr NP Pwr Units Selects the motor power units to be used This parameter is not reset when Reset to Defaults is selected Convert HP converts all power units to Horsepower Convert kW converts all power units to kilowatts Motor OL Hertz Selects the output frequency below which the motor operating current is derated The motor thermal overload will generate a fault at lower levels of current Motor OL Factor Sets the operating level for the motor overload Motor OL _ Operating FLA Factor Level Motor Poles Defines the number of poles in the motor E Motor OL Mode Provides the ability to preserve the Motor OL Count value through a power cycle or drive reset Programming and Parameters Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options
76. high state voltage of 7 0V DC With the jumpers in the 5V position the encoder will accept a 5V DC square wave with a minimum high state voltage of 3 0V DC In either jumper position the maximum low state voltage is 0 4V DC Table 15 Pollution Degree Ratings According to EN 61800 5 1 Pollution Degree Description 1 No pollution or only dry non conductive pollution occurs The pollution has no influence 2 Normally only non conductive pollution occurs Occasionally however a temporary conductivity caused by condensation is to be expected when the drive is out of operation 3 Conductive pollution or dry non conductive pollution occurs which becomes conductive due to condensation which is to be expected 4 The pollution generates persistent conductivity caused for example by conductive dust rain or snow Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Supplemental Drive Information Appendix A Watts Loss Rated Load Speed amp PWM Table 16 Watts Loss Frames 0 6 Voltage ND Hp kW External Watts Internal Watts Total Watts Loss IP20 NEMA UL Type 1 240V 0 5 9 37 46 1 22 39 61 2 38 39 77 3 57 41 98 5 97 82 179 7 5 134 74 208 10 192 77 269 15 276 92 368 20 354 82 436 25 602 96 698 30 780 96 876 40 860 107 967 50 1132 138 1270 60 1296 200 1496 7
77. impedance is not provided as explained below If the value for Power Loss Level is greater than 18 of DC Bus Memory the user must provide a minimum line impedance to limit inrush current when the power line recovers The input impedance should be equal to or greater than the equivalent of a 5 transformer with a VA rating 5 times the drives input VA rating Load Loss Level Default 200 0 Sets the percentage of motor nameplate torque Min Max 0 0 800 0 absolute value at which a load loss alarm will Units 0 1 occur Load Loss Time Default 0 0 Secs Sets the time that current is below the level set in Min Max 0 0 300 0 Secs Load Loss Level before a fault occurs Units 0 1 Secs Shear Pin Time Default 0 0 Secs Sets the time that the drive is at or above current Min Max 0 0 30 0 Secs limit before a fault occurs Zero disables this Units 0 1 Secs feature Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related ico wey ee ico jn Ino i IND al KO N 43 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Utility File Group No File Direction Config 173 192 HIM Ref Config 193 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Direction Mode Default 0 Unipolar Selects method for changing direction Options 0 Unipolar E 1 Bipolar G Direction Change 2 Reverse Di
78. in the direction the drive was running when the switch was activated momentarily or continuously see C in Figure 8 A Start command in the same direction will only allow 0 Hz to be commanded A Start in the opposite direction will allow motion with a speed command from the selected speed reference If TorqProve is Enabled the drive will hold zero speed for a time determined by ZeroSpdFloat Time parameter 605 Two different input switches can be connected in series to one digital input to provide an end limit at both ends of the application for example lift conveyor etc With proper set up the drive will automatically apply the proper stopping based on the direction of the load even though only one digital input is being used Limit Switch Set up 1 Move the load to a position between the two decel switches A in Figure 8 2 Select the switches in Digital In1 6 Select If switches are only used on one end of travel simply keep the load off of both switches when selecting in Digital In1 6 Select If the set up is done incorrectly the application will not move or will move at an incorrect slower speed This can be corrected by selecting Not Used for both limit switches in Digital In1 6 Select Then move the load between the Decel Switches and select the limit switches again in Digital In1 6 Select Important When properly set up the drive will remember its location during power cycles or pow
79. injection braking Firmware revisions before 10 001 only allowed DC injection braking to occur during a stop sequence of the drive Firmware revisions 10 001 and later allow the flexibility to turn on DC injection after the drive has stopped as long as there are no faults and the drive is enabled To select this feature the MtrDC Inject 69 option has been added to Digital Inx Sel parameters 361 366 see page 63 The level of DC brake current injected into the motor is defined in DC Brake Level parameter 158 Bit 5 DC Braking of Drive Status 2 parameter 210 will indicate when the DC injection brake input is high Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 125 AppendixC Application Notes Motor Overload 126 For single motor applications the drive can be programmed to protect the motor from overload conditions An electronic thermal overload I7T function emulates a thermal overload relay This operation is based on three parameters Motor NP FLA Motor OL Factor and Motor OL Hertz parameters 042 048 and 047 respectively Motor NP FLA is multiplied by Motor OL Factor to allow the user to define the continuous level of current allowed by the motor thermal overload Motor OL Hertz is used to allow the user to adjust the frequency below which the motor overload is derated The motor can operate up to 102 of FLA continuously If the drive was just activated it will run at 150 of
80. modes 46 Run w Comm 8 Dig In ConflictB alarm will occur ifa Start input is 47 Hold Step 02 prog without a Stop input 48 Redefine Pos 2 9 Refer to the Sleep Wake Mode Attention 49 Find Home 2 statement on page 42 m ea 12 10 A dedicated hardware enable input is available via 30 Home Limit 12 j j j 51 Vel Override 02 a jumper selection Refer to the Installation n02 Instructions for further information 52 56 Pos Sel 1 5 n 11 Only available when Torque Proving function is 57 Prof Input selected 58 59 Reserved ky Refer to Option Definitions on page 62 60 62 AdjV Sel 1 3 14 15 eu UsrSet Sel on page 46 for selection 63 65 AdjV Hz Selt 14 16 14 t 66 Abort Step Firmware v6 002 and later 67 Abort Prof p continued 68 Manual Auto i 69 MtrDC Inject 70 HOA Start 0 63 Chapter 1 64 Programming and Parameters File INPUTS amp OUTPUTS 379 Digital Outputs Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions 15 Adjust Voltage Select Inputs AdjV Sel 0 Adj Volt Sel Adj Volt Preset 0 Adj Volt Preset2 Adj Volt Preset3 Adj Volt Preset4 Adj Volt Preset5 Adj Volt Preset6 Adj Volt Preset7 w ne Bsa oOSB sao olN 16 AdjV Sel Adj Volt Sel amp Speed ref A Sel Adj Volt Preset amp Speed Ref B Sel Adj Volt Preset2 amp Speed Preset 2 Adj
81. of the Position Regulated steps has the following associated parameters or functions Step Type Value Velocity Accel Decel NextStep Dwell Batch Next Time Time Condition Encoder Position amp Speed Accel Decel AtPosition Dwell NA Next Absolute Direction Rate Rate Time Step Encoder Position amp Speed Accel Decel AtPosition Dwell Batch Next Incremental Direction Rate Rate Time Number Step End Hold NA NA NA NA AtPosition Dwell NA Stop Position Time NA Function not applicable to this step type Encoder Absolute This is a move to an absolute position which is referenced from the home position When started the drive ramps to the desired velocity in the direction required holds the speed then ramps to zero speed landing or ending at the commanded position within the tolerance window Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 131 Appendix C 132 Application Notes Encoder Incremental Encoder Incr This is a move increment from the current position in the direction distance and speed programmed When started the drive ramps to the desired velocity holds the speed then ramps to zero speed landing or ending at the commanded position within the tolerance window End Hold Position The drive holds the last position and stops the profile after dwell time expires Must be used with position regulated profile Do Not use End Homing Routine Eac
82. ps4 13 njn 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 Bit 1 For current limit except FVC Vector mode Factory Default Bit Values 2 Firmware 6 002 and later 3 Firmware 9 001 and later Option Descriptions Reflect Wave Disables reflected wave overvoltage protection for long cable lengths typically enabled Enable Jerk In non FVC Vector modes disabling jerk removes a short S curve at the start of the accel decel ramp Ixo AutoCalc Not functional reserved for future enhancements Xsistor Diag 0 disables power transistor power diagnostic tests which run at each start command 1 enables transistor diagnostic tests Rs Adapt FVC w Encoder Only Disabling may improve torque regulation at lower speeds typically not needed Mtr Lead Rev Reverses the phase rotation of the applied voltage effectively reversing the motor leads Note This bit is reset to 0 when parameters are reset to factory defaults PWM Freq Lock Keeps the PWM frequency from decreasing to 2 kHz at low operating frequencies in FVC Vector mode without encoder DigIn DatLog Enable DigIn DataLogic parameter 411 NoSyncPWM Disables synchronous PWM EncFiltStop In FVC Vector mode only sets the encoder filter based on parameter 416 Fdbk Filter Sel to detect when the drive is at zero speed during the stop sequence 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Group File No 058 059 061 MOTOR CONTROL Torq Attri
83. stopping a load The method mode is defined by Stop Brk Mode A B parameters 155 and 156 These modes include e Coast e Ramp e Ramp to Hold e DC Brake e Fast Brake Additionally Flux Braking parameter 166 can be selected separately to provide additional braking during a Stop command or when reducing the speed command For Stop commands this will provide additional braking power during Ramp or Ramp to Hold selections only If Fast Brake or DC Brake is used Flux Braking will only be active during speed changes if enabled A Ramp selection will always provide the fastest stopping time if a method to dissipate the required energy from the DC bus is provided that is resistor brake regenerative brake etc The alternative braking methods to external brake requirements can be enabled if the stopping time is not as restrictive Each of these methods will dissipate energy in the motor use care to avoid motor overheating Table 21 describes several braking capability examples 144 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Table 21 Braking Method Examples Appendix C Method Use When Application Requires Braking Power Ramp The fastest stopping time or fastest ramp time for speed changes external brake resistor Most if an or regenerative capability required for ramp times faster than the methods below external res
84. the digital input defined as Home Limit is activated The drive will then decelerate to zero If the switch is no longer activated the drive will reverse direction at 1 10 the Find Home Speed to the switch position and then stop The Home Limit switch will be active when stopped Figure 12 shows the sequence of operation for homing to a limit switch without encoder feedback Figure 12 Homing to Limit Switch No Feedback Homing At Home iv Limit Input 200 150 100 Find Home Command Start Command Speed Feedback 25 Profile Status 700 Dig In Status 216 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 133 Appendix C 134 Application Notes e Position Redefine When Pos Redefine is set the present position is established as Home and Units Traveled is set to zero e Disable Homing Requirement Ifa home position is not required the routine can be disabled by clearing Alarm Config 1 bit 17 Prof SetHome to 0 This will disable the alarm from being set when Pos Spd Profile mode is configured in Speed Torque Mod and will set the present position as Home Once Homing is complete the Find Home command must be removed to allow the profile to be run If the Find Home command is not removed when the drive is started the routine will see that it is At Home and the drive will stop Example 1 Five Step Velocit
85. the load before proceeding Calculate 3 This setting uses motor nameplate data to automatically set IR Voltage Drop Ixo Voltage Drop Flux Current Ref and Slip RPM FLA IR Voltage Drop Default Based on Drive Rating Value of voltage drop across the resistance of the Min Max 0 0 Motor NP Volts x 0 25 motor stator at rated motor current Used only Units 0 1 VAC when parameter 53 is set to Sensrls Vect SV Economize or FVC Vector Flux Current Ref Default Based on Drive Rating Value of amps for full motor flux Used only when Min Max 0 00 Motor NP FLA parameter 53 is set to Sensrls Vect SV Units 0 01 Amps Economize or FVC Vector Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related j I ico wa tes hu ico wal tes eD IN 25 Chapter 1 26 Programming and Parameters Group File No e BO 280s 427 431 MOTOR CONTROL Torq Attributes 428 432 429 433 430 434 435 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Ixo Voltage Drop Value of voltage drop across the leakage inductance of the motor at rated motor current Used only when parameter 53 is set to Sensrls Vect SV Economize or FVC Vector Autotune Torque Specifies motor torque applied to the motor during the flux current and inertia tests pe
86. to NEC article 430 and motor over temperature protection according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 UL 508C File 59272 Class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 and motor over temperature protection according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 UL 508C File 59272 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 99 Appendix A 100 Supplemental Drive Information Category Specification Control Digital Analog Input Latency Latency continued Motor Signal Control Min Max Typical Digital Start FVC 8 4ms 10 4ms 8 4ms npt vC 92ms 16 0ms 9 2ms Stop FVC 10 0ms 12 4ms 10 4 ms SVC 10 0ms 12 0 ms 10 4 ms Analog Torque FVC 772 us 1 06ms 840 us Input 4 kHz PWM Torque FVC 1 008ms 1 46 ms 1 256 ms 2 kHz PWM Speed FVC 4 6 ms 8 6 ms 4 8 ms Speed SVC 4 8 ms 12 4ms 6 4ms Encoder Type Incremental dual channel Supply 12V 250 mA 12V 10 mA minimum inputs isolated with differential transmitter 250 kHz maximum Quadrature 90 27 degrees at 25 degrees C Duty Cycle 50 10 Requirements Encoders must be line driver type quadrature dual channel or pulse single channel 8 15V DC output 4 6V DC when jumpers are in 5V position single ended or differential and capable of supplying a minimum of 10 mA per channel Maximum input frequency is 250 kHz The Encoder Interface Board accepts 12V DC square wave with a minimum
87. to configure drive parameters test any lifting functionality and meet safety requirements in accordance with all applicable codes and standards Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 11 Preface extremely useful for preventing nuisance overvoltage faults resulting from aggressive decelerations overhauling loads and eccentric loads It forces the output frequency to be greater than commanded frequency while the drive s bus voltage is increasing towards levels that would otherwise cause a fault However it can also cause either of the following two conditions to occur e Fast positive changes in input voltage more than a 10 increase within 6 minutes can cause uncommanded positive speed changes However an OverSpeed Limit fault F25 will occur if the speed reaches Maximum Speed Overspeed Limit parameters 82 and 83 If this condition is unacceptable action should be taken to 1 limit supply voltages within the specification of the drive and 2 limit fast positive input voltage changes to less than 10 Without taking such actions if this operation is unacceptable the adjust freq portion of the bus regulator function must be disabled see parameters 161 and 162 e Actual deceleration times can be longer than commanded deceleration times However a Decel Inhibit fault F24 is generated if the drive stops decelerating altogether If this condition is unacceptable the adjust freq po
88. typical Custom V Hz profile Minimum Speed is entered in Hertz and determines the lower speed reference limit during normal operation Maximum Speed is entered in Hertz and determines the upper speed reference limit The two Speed parameters only limit the speed reference and not the output frequency Figure 9 Custom V Hz Profile Allowable Output Frequency Range e Fide Bus Regulation or Current Limit l lt lt Allowable Output Frequency Range Normal Operation lower limit on this range can be 0 depending on the value of Speed Adder l Allowable Speed Reference Range gt l Maximum Voltage Motor NP Voltage due to Speed Control Mode gt Limit Break Voltage Start Boost Run Boost I fi l l 4 Frequency Trim I l l 1 Output Voltage I 4 l l l I I Overspeed l l l I I l l l 0 Minimum Break Motor NP Hz Maximum Output Maximum Speed Frequency Speed Frequency Frequency Frequency Limit The actual output frequency at maximum speed reference is the sum of the speed reference plus speed adder components from functions such as slip compensation The Overspeed Limit is entered in Hertz and added to Maximum Speed and the sum of the two Speed Limit limit the output frequency This sum Speed Limit must is compared to Maximum Frequency and an alarm is initiated which prevents operation if the Speed Limit exceeds Maximum Frequency Rockwell
89. within drive specified limits 2 Verify system ground impedance follows proper grounding techniques 3 Disable bus regulation and or add dynamic brake resistor and or extend deceleration time See the Attention statement on page 12 for further info Reduce load or extend Accel Time No fault displayed Used as a Power Up Marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the drive power has been cycled Motor did not come up to speed in the allotted time during autotune Requires differential encoder One of the two encoder channel signals is missing Both encoder channels changed state within one clock cycle Diagnostic code indicating a drive malfunction 1 Uncouple load from motor 2 Repeat Autotune 1 Check Wiring 2 Check motor rotation 3 Check encoder pulses rotation etc 4 Replace encoder 1 Check for externally induced noise 2 Replace encoder 1 Cycle power 2 Replace Main Control Board 3 Contact Tech Support No fault displayed Used as a marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the fault clear function was performed No fault displayed Used as a marker in the Fault Queue indicating that the clear queue function was performed The value for flux amps determined by the Autotune procedure exceeds the programmed Motor NP FLA 1 Reprogram Motor NP FLA with the correct motor nameplate value 2 Repeat Autotune Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013
90. x x x x x x xlololo o 1 Condition True 0 Condition False pr 31_30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 2 Reserved Bit Speed Ref Source Default Read Only Displays the source of the speed reference to the Options PI Output drive ah Analog In 1 Pulse In Encoder 9 MOP Level 10 Jog Speed 1 11 17 Preset Spd1 7 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 24 Autotune 25 Jog Speed 2 26 29 Scale Block 1 4 30 Pos Spd Prof 31 Position Reg 32 Micro Pos 33 Homing 34 Decel Switch 35 End Switch 36 Unipolar Lim 37 Rev Dis Lim 38 Max Spd Lim 39 Min Spd Lim 40 Rev Spd Lim 41 Load Trq Lim 43 HighRes Ref 0 1 2 Analog In 2 o Options not listed are reserved for future use 7 8 7 Start Inhibits Read Only Displays the inputs currently preventing the drive from starting VAJAVA amp o h Vere o SEI EIS SE SEM LSS IS SSS OS SETS TSESSSSILS x x olojolololi olololi olololo t Inhibitimue pls 3 im 9 8i7 6 s 4 3 21 0 y Reserved Bit Description Fast Brake bit 7Either a digital input is configured for Fast Stop and is enabled or TorqProve Setup parameter 601 bit 0 is enabled Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Lo
91. 0 0 or 60 0 Hz volt class am Sets the high limit for speed reference after Motor NP RPM scaling is applied Refer to parameter 083 Min Max 5 0 420 0 Hz Overspeed Limit 75 0 24000 0 RPM Units 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM 083 Overspeed Limit Default 10 0 Hz Sets the incremental amount of the output 300 0 RPM frequency above Maximum Speed allowable Min Max 0 0 20 0 Hz for functions such as slip compensation 0 0 600 0 RPM Maximum Speed Overspeed Limit must be Units 0 1 Hz lt Maximum Freq 0 1 RPM Allowable Output Frequency Range l Bus Regulation or Current Limit gt I lt lt Allowable Output Frequency Range Normal Operation l lower limit on this range can be 0 depending on the value of Speed Adder l I lt Allowable Speed Reference Range gt Maximum Voltage l l l i Motor NP l J TA O EE E TA i l Voltage i Frequency Trim i due to Speed l E E gt elias aes Break l l l B Voltage es l i S start i l Boost 1 I Run l l i Boost ls 0 Minimum Break Motor NP Hz Maximum Output Maximum Speed Frequency Speed Frequency Frequency Frequency Limit Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 Related gt IN a N WO ico JOO Ne N k w al a Wal N Kej ico wx k Kej Keo gt oO IN Pal IO INS Ko ico N 29 Chapter 1 30 Programmin
92. 1 Insert into drive or connect cable In the drive default configuration HIM removal is only permissible in Auto mode If the HIM is removed while in Manual mode or the HIM is the only remaining control device a fault will occur Example Display Remove Op Intrfc Port 1 Control Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 HIM Overview Appendix B Disconnecting the HIM In drive Firmware Revision 9 001 and later the user can configure the drive to continue operating at a defined speed reference ifa HIM DPI Port 1 3 loss occurs which is indicated by bits 21 22 and 23 in read only parameter 211 Drive Alarm 1 These three ports can be configured independently Using this feature will allow the drive to operate at the speed defined in parameter 173 DPI Loss Action and indicate a DPI Port x Loss as configured in parameter 238 Fault Config 1 and parameter 259 Alarm Config 1 If the HIM was supplying the speed reference when removed the drive speed reference cannot be adjusted from any other source while the HIM is disconnected If the present speed reference was not from the DPI port that was disconnected the drive speed will continue to be commanded by that reference If the drive stops while the HIM is disconnected and the DPI Port x loss is activated the last commanded HIM speed reference will be saved in the drive When the user issues a start command the last commanded HIM speed referen
93. 1 Speed Ref B Lo 31 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Speed Ref B Sel 31 Speed Ref Source 48 Speed Reference 22 Speed Units 29 Speed Torque Mod 30 Start At PowerUp 41 Start Inhibits 48 Start Mask 56 Start Owner 57 Start Acc Boost 27 Status 1 Fault 50 Status 2 Fault 50 Status 3 Fault 50 Step x AccelTime 74 Step x Batch 76 Step x DecelTime 74 Step x Dwell 75 Step x Next 76 Step x Type 73 Step x Value 75 Step x Velocity 74 Stop Dwell Time 40 Stop Mode x 39 Stop Owner 57 SV Boost Filter 25 TB Man Ref Hi 32 TB Man Ref Lo 32 TB Man Ref Sel 32 Testpoint x Data 51 Testpoint x Sel 51 Torq Prove Sts 68 Torg Ref A Div 26 TorgAlarm Action 68 TorgAlarm Dwell 69 TorgAlarm Level 68 TorqAlrm Timeout 69 TorgAlrm TO Act 69 TorqLim SlewRate 68 TorgProve Cnfg 67 TorqProve Setup 67 Torque Current 21 Torque Ref B Mult 26 Torque Ref x Hi 26 Torque Ref x Lo 26 Torque Ref x Sel 26 Torque Setpoint1 26 Torque Setpoint2 27 Total Gear Ratio 69 Total Inertia 37 Trim Setpoint 33 Trim Hi 33 Trim In Select 33 Trim Lo 33 Trim Out Select 33 Units Traveled 72 Vel Override 72 Voltage Class 46 Wake Level 42 Wake Time 42 Write Mask Act 59 Write Mask Cfg 58 Zero SpdFloatTime 67 Params Defaulted Fault 88 PCP Pump Sheave 69 Phase Short Fault 88 Phase to Grnd Fault 88 PI BW Filter 36 PI Config Conflict Alarm 92 PI Configuration 34 PI Control 34 PI Deriv Time 36 PI Error Meter 36 PI Fdback Meter 36
94. 1 Process Pl 35 Home Position 702 ProfSetup Status 2 Output Gain 464 rocess PI 36 Inertia Autotune 67 Torq Attributes 26 Output Meter 138 rocess PI 36 IR Voltage Drop 62 Torq Attributes 25 Preload 133 rocess PI 36 Ixo Voltage Drop 64 Torq Attributes 26 Prop Gain 130 rocess PI 35 Jog Mask 278 Masks amp Owners 56 Ref Meter 135 rocess PI 36 Jog Owner 290 Masks amp Owners 57 Reference Hi 460 Process PI 36 Jog Speed 1 100 Discrete Speeds 22 Reference Lo 461 Process P 36 Jog Speed 2 108 Discrete Speeds 33 Reference Sel 126 Process PI 35 Kf Speed Loop 447 Speed Regulator 37 Setpoint 127 rocess PI 3 Ki Speed Loop 445 Speed Regulator 37 Status 134 Process PI 36 Kp Speed Loop 446 Speed Regulator 37 Upper Limit 132 Process PI 36 Language 201 Drive Memory 46 ort Mask Act 595 Security 58 Last Stop Source 215 Diagnostics 49 os Reg Filter 718 rofSetup Status 3 Load Frm Usr Set 198 Drive Memory 45 os Reg Gain 719 rofSetup Status 3 Load Loss Level 187 Power Loss 43 os Torque Limit 436 Torq Attributes 26 Load Loss Time 188 Power Loss 43 0s Spd Prof Cmd 705 ProfSetup Status 2 Local Mask 285 Masks amp Owners 57 1os Spd Prof Sts 700 ProfSetup Status 2 Local Owner 297 Masks amp Owners s ower Loss Level 186 ower Loss 43 Logic Mask 276 Masks amp Owners 56 ower Loss Mode 184 Power Loss 43 Security 59 ower Loss Time 185 Power Loss 43 Logic Mask Act 598 Security 59 ower Up Marker 242 aults 52 Man Ref Preload 193 HIM Ref Config 44 owerup Delay 167
95. 150 2 10 250 wW 5 2 350 E Step 3 450 0 Time Encoder Speed 415 Profile Status 700 _ Units Traveled 701 Current Step Step Step x Type Step x Step x Step x Stepx Stepx Stepx Stepx Velocity AccelTime DecelTime Value Dwell Batch Next 1 Encoder Incr 100 0 5 0 5 10 00 1 00 1 2 2 Encoder Incr 200 0 5 0 5 10 00 1 00 1 3 3 Encoder Incr 300 0 5 0 5 10 00 1 00 1 4 4 Encoder Abs 400 0 5 0 5 0 00 1 00 N A 5 5 End Hold Position N A N A 0 5 N A 0 00 N A N A Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Power Loss Ride Through Application Notes Appendix C When AC input power is lost energy is being supplied to the motor from the DC bus capacitors The energy from the capacitors is not being replaced via the AC line thus the DC bus voltage will fall rapidly The drive must detect this fall and react according to the way it is programmed Two parameters display DC bus voltage e DC Bus Voltage displays the instantaneous value e DC Bus Memory displays a 6 minute running average of the voltage All drive reactions to power loss are based on DC Bus Memory This averages low and high line conditions and sets the drive to react to the average rather than assumed values For example a 480V installation would have a 480V AC line and produce a nominal 648V DC bus If the drive were to react to a fixed voltage for line loss detect that is 533V DC
96. 154 Current Rate Limit Load Limits 39 155 156 Stop Mode X Stop Brake Modes 39 157 DC Brk Lvl Sel Stop Brake Modes 39 158 DC Brake Level Stop Brake Modes 39 159 DC Brake Time Stop Brake Modes 39 160 Bus Reg Ki Stop Brake Modes 39 161 162 Bus Reg Mode X Stop Brake Modes 40 163 DB Resistor Type Stop Brake Modes 40 164 Bus Reg Kp Stop Brake Modes 40 165 Bus Reg Kd Stop Brake Modes 40 166 Flux Braking Stop Brake Modes 40 167 Powerup Delay Restart Modes 41 168 Start At PowerUp Restart Modes 41 169 Flying Start En Restart Modes 41 170 Flying StartGain Restart Modes 41 173 DPI Loss Action HIM Ref Config 44 174 Auto Rstrt Tries Restart Modes 41 175 Auto Rstrt Delay Restart Modes 41 177 Gnd Warn Level ower Loss 483 178 Sleep Wake Mode estart Modes 4 179 Sleep Wake Ref Restart Modes 42 180 Wake Level Restart Modes 4 181 Wake Time estart Modes 42 182 Sleep Level Restart Modes 43 183 Sleep Time estart Modes 43 184 Power Loss Mode Power Loss 483 185 Power Loss Time Power Loss 43 186 Power Loss Level ower Loss 43 187 Load Loss Level Power Loss 4B 188 Load Loss Time ower Loss 43 189 Shear Pin Time ower Loss 4B 190 Direction Mode Direction Config 44 192 Save HIM Ref HIM Ref Config 44 193 Man Ref Preload HIM Ref Config 44 194 Save MOP Ref MOP Config 45 195 MOP Rate MOP Config 45 196 aram Access Lvl rive Memory 45 197 Reset To Defalts Drive Memory 45 198 Load Frm Usr Set Drive Memory 45 199 Save To User Set rive Memory 45 200 Reset Meters rive Memo
97. 16 t Reserved Bit 1 Default is 1 for Frames 8 10 Firmware 9 001 and later 2 When enabled the drive ignores the When these faults are disabled shear pin fault during any accel decel always change parameter 173 3 p DPI Loss Action to a value of 6 Firmware 6 002 and later irora 4 If Torque Prove is enabled Output Phase Loss will always be performed 240 Fault Clear Default 0 Ready Resets a fault and clears the fault queue Options 0 Ready 1 Clear Faults 2 Clr Fit Que 241 Fault Clear Mode Default 1 Enabled Enables disables a fault reset clear faults Options 0 Disabled attempt from any source This does not apply to 1 Enabled fault codes which are cleared indirectly via other actions 242 Power Up Marker Default Read Only Elapsed hours since initial drive power up This Min Max 0 0000 214748 3647 Hr value will rollover to 0 after the drive hasbeen Units 0 1Hr powered on for more than the max value shown For relevance to most recent power up see Fault x Time 243 Fault 1 Code Default Read Only 245 Fault 2 Code N 247 Fault 3 Code Min Max 0 65535 249 Fault 4 Code Units 0 251 Fault 5 Code 253 Fault 6 Code 255 Fault 7 Code 257 Fault 8 Code A code that represents the fault that tripped the drive The codes will appear in these parameters in the order they occur Fault 1 Code the most recent fault
98. 2013 2 Reprogram parameters 161 162 to eliminate any Adjust Freq selection 3 Disable bus regulation parameters 161 amp 162 and add a dynamic brake 4 Correct AC input line instability or add an isolation transformer 5 Reset drive 95 Chapter2 Troubleshooting Testpoint Codes and Functions 96 Select testpoint with Testpoint x Sel parameters 234 236 Values can be viewed with Testpoint x Data parameters 235 237 No Description Units Values Minimum Maximum Default 01 DPI Error Status 1 0 255 0 02 Heatsink Temp 0 1 degC 100 0 100 0 0 03 Active Cur Limit 1 0 32767 0 04 Active PWM Freq 1Hz 2 10 4 05 Life MegaWatt Hr 0 0001MWh 0 214748 3647 0 06 Life Run Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 07 Life Pwr Up Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 08 Life Pwr Cycles 1 0 4294967295 0 09 Life MW HR Fract 2 1 0 4294967295 0 10 MW HR Frac Unit 1 0 4294967295 0 11 MCB Life Time 0 0001 Hrs 0 214748 3647 0 12 Raw Analog In 1 1 0 0 13 Raw Analog In 2 1 0 0 16 CS Msg Rx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 17 CS Msg Tx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 18 CS Timeout Cnt 1 0 255 0 19 CS Msg Bad Cnt 1 0 255 0 22 PC Msg Rx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 23 PC Msg Tx Cnt 1 0 65535 0 24 29 PC1 6 Timeout Cnt 1 0 255 0 30 CAN BusOff Cnt 1 0 65535 0 31 No of Analog Inputs 1 0 X 0 32 Unfiltered Bus Voltage 1 0 65535 0 33 MTO Norm Mtr Amp 0 1 Amps 0 65535 0 36 DT0 Cmd DC Hold 1 0 3
99. 23 Analog In 2 Refer to the Installation Instructions for details 326 RAY LS A NAN Ss cer xlx x x x xlx xl x x xlx xix o o T Current a 5 15 1413 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 C Voltage E a r x Reserved gt G aA Bit 2 2 Factory Default Bit Values 321 Anlg In Sqr Root a Enables disables the square root function for each input OKs xi xix xlx x xlx x x x xlx xfolo age pls 1413 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 59 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values v 3 6 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 MELE c Analog In 1 Hi Default 10 000 Volt Analog In 2 Hi 10 000 Volt 092 Sets the highest input value to the analog input x Min Max 0 000 20 000mA scaling block 10 000V Anlg In Config parameter 320 defines if this 0 000 10 000V input will be 10V or 0 20 mA Units 0 001 mA 0 001 Volt 323 Analog In 1 Lo Default 0 000 Volt 091 326 Analog In 2 Lo 0 000 Volt 092 Sets the lowest input value to the analog input x Min Max 0 000 20 000mA 2 scaling block 10 000V Anlg In Config parameter 320 defines if this 0 000 10 000V 5 input will be 10V or 0 20 mA Units 0 001 mA pd If set below 4 mA Analog In x Loss
100. 2767 0 37 Control Bd Temp 0 1 0 0 60 0 0 0 38 Junction Temp 0 1 degC 100 0 200 0 0 39 Gnd Warn Level 0 1 Amps 0 3276 7 0 40 In Phase Loss Level 1 0 32767 0 629 Motor OL Count 1 Enter in Testpoint x Sel 2 Use the equation below to calculate total Lifetime MegaWatt Hours Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Value of Code 9 Value of Code 10 x 01 Value of Code 5 Total Lifetime MegaWatt Hours Appendix A Certifications and Specifications Supplemental Drive Information Certifications and Specifications Communication Configurations 103 Table 13 Certifications Frames 0 4 Certification Description 230 480V 600V 5 6 7 10 ABS American Bureau of Shipping MA Certificate 08 HS303172B 1 PDA for Y Y auxiliary services on AB Classed vessels and offshore platforms CE Certified by Rockwell Automation to be in conformity with the essential requirements of the applicable European Directives and the standards referenced below have been applied 2006 95 EC Low Voltage Directive v Y v Vv EN 50178 Electronic Equipment for use in Power Installations 2004 108 EC EMC Directive Vv v ve EN 61800 3 Adjustable Speed electrical power drive systems Part 3 EMC requirements and specific test methods CTick Certified by Rockwell Automation to be in conformity with the Y Y Vv requirements of the applicable Australian legislation a
101. 28 Encoder Z Chan 28 ESD Static Discharge 11 Excessive Load Fault 86 External Brake Resistor 115 F Factory Defaults Resetting to 45 109 Fan Pump Parameter Set 45 Fatal Faults Fault 86 Fault amp Alarm Types 83 Fault 1 Time 53 Fault Amps 50 Fault Bus Volts 50 Fault Clear 52 Fault Clear Mode 52 Fault Clr Mask 56 Fault Config x 52 Fault Descriptions 86 Fault Queue 109 Fault Speed 50 Fault x Code 52 Faults Analog In Loss 86 Anlg Cal Chksum 86 Auto Rstrt Tries 86 AutoTune Aborted 86 Auxiliary Input 86 Cntl Bd Overtemp 86 DB Resistance 86 Decel Inhibit 86 DPI Port 1 6 88 Drive Overload 86 Drive Powerup 86 Encoder Loss 86 Encoder Quad Err 86 Excessive Load 86 Fatal Faults 86 Faults Cleared 86 Fit QueueCleared 86 FluxAmpsRef Rang 86 Ground Fault 87 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Hardware Fault 87 Hardware PTC 87 Heatsink LowTemp 87 Heatsink OvrTemp 87 HW OverCurrent 87 1 0 Comm Loss 87 1 0 Failure 87 Incompat MCB PB 87 Input Phase Loss 87 IR Volts Range 87 IXo VoltageRange 87 Load Loss 87 Motor Overload 87 Motor Thermistor 87 NVS 1 0 Checksum 87 NVS 1 0 Failure 87 Output PhaseLoss 88 OverSpeed Limit 88 OverVoltage 88 Parameter Chksum 88 Params Defaulted 88 Phase Short 88 Phase to Grnd 88 Port 1 6 DPI Loss 88 Power Loss 88 Power Unit 88 Pulse In Loss 88 Pwr Brd Chksum 89 Pwr Brd Chksum2 89 Replaced MCB PB 89 See Manual 89 Shear Pin 89 Software 89 SW OverC
102. 3 ce A S A A s E Step 14 ETUE A Step 15 1 0 0 0 0 Step 16 Units Traveled Default Read Only Number of units traveled from the home Min Max 21474836 47 position Units 0 01 ET Home Position Default 0 00 A Find Home or a Redefine Pos sets Units Min Max 21474836 47 Traveled to this value Units 0 01 Pos Spd Prof Cmd Control word for the profile indexer The control functions are the same as those in the digital input section If a digital input is configured to provide the starting step bits 0 4 then its starting step value takes priority over Pos Spd Prof Cmd If a digital input is configured for any of bits 8 12 the corresponding functions will respond to the digital input status or the status of Pos Spd Prof Cmd SSS Se AS S o V s GI ISIE SOT ETE SS xlolo ololo olo x xixlolololo o Leg se paea 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 E eend Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values Encoder Pos Tol Default 10 Sets the At Position tolerance window see Min Max 1 50000 Pos Spd Prof Sts bit 12 around the encoder Units 1 count The value is subtracted from and added to the encoder unit value It is applied to all steps using encoder units Counts per Unit Default 4096 Sets the number of encoder counts equal toone Min Max 1 1000000 unit A 1024 PPR quadrature encoder has 4096 Units 1 pulses counts in one revolu
103. 4 or 20B IN019 Fast Braking Fast braking active see Stop Brk Mode A ETE Status 3 Fault Read Only Captures and displays Drive Status 3 bit pattern at the time of the last fault S S QY ES x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 o0 Aen pls 4 3 ain 9 al7 6 5 4 3 27 0 y nd Bit Fault Speed Default Read Only Captures and displays the output speed ofthe Min Max 0 0 Maximum Freq drive at the time of the last fault 0 0 Maximum Speed Units 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Fault Amps Default Read Only Captures and displays motor amps at the time of Min Max 0 0 Rated Amps x 2 the last fault Units 0 1 Amps Fault Bus Volts Default Read Only Captures and displays the DC bus voltage of the Min Max 0 0 Max Bus Volts drive at the time of the last fault Units 0 1 VDC Status 1 Fault Read Only Captures and displays Drive Status 1 bit pattern at the time of the last fault ya ANAS RYAN S VGVVIV OSs VSS ESED ISIE S E ENSA AAAA AHASAIA AAIEN XY Y INNIN SNIS SI Y i ololololilililolilololojililolo 15 Gndition Tue pis 1413 ajmo 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 y Reseved Bit Status 2 Fault Read Only Captures and displays Drive Status 2 bit pattern at the time of the last fault ASAA SKE oS VVI S S T 8 E S SOI ITS SESS SSI YS VIVA II
104. 5 1716 277 1993 100 1837 418 2255 400V 0 37 11 42 53 0 75 19 44 63 1 5 31 45 76 2 2 46 46 93 4 78 87 164 5 5 115 79 194 7 5 134 84 218 11 226 99 326 15 303 91 394 18 5 339 102 441 22 357 103 459 30 492 117 610 37 568 148 717 45 722 207 930 55 821 286 1107 55 1130 397 1527 90 1402 443 1845 110 1711 493 2204 132 1930 583 2513 480V 0 5 11 42 53 1 19 44 63 2 31 45 76 3 46 46 93 5 78 87 164 7 5 115 79 194 10 134 84 218 15 226 99 326 20 303 91 394 25 339 102 441 30 357 103 459 40 492 117 610 50 568 148 717 60 722 207 930 75 821 286 1107 100 1130 397 1527 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 101 Appendix A 102 Supplemental Drive Information Voltage NDHp kW s ExternalWatts J Internal Watts Total WattsLos 7 IP20 NEMA UL Type 480V 125 1402 443 1845 continued 150 1711 493 2204 200 1930 583 2513 600V 0 5 9 37 46 1 14 40 54 2 25 40 65 3 41 42 83 5 59 83 142 75 83 75 157 10 109 77 186 15 177 93 270 20 260 83 343 25 291 95 385 30 324 95 419 40 459 109 569 50 569 141 710 60 630 195 825 75 1053 308 1361 100 1467 407 1874 125 1400 500 1900 150 1668 612 2280 IP54 NEMA UL Type 12 480V 75 873 234 1107 100 1237 290 1527 125 1563 282 1845 150 1874 330 2204 200 2100 413 2513 600V 75 1091 270 1361 100 1537 337 1874 125 1584 316 1900 150 1895 385 2280 1 Worst case condition i
105. 50 Status LEDs 84 Step x AccelTime 74 Step x Batch 76 Step x DecelTime 74 Step x Dwell 75 Step x Next 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Step x Type 73 Step x Value 75 Step x Velocity 74 Stop Dwell Time 40 Stop Mode x 39 Stop Owner 57 Stop Brake Modes Group 39 STS LED 84 SV Boost Filter 25 SW OverCurrent Fault 89 T TB Man Ref Cflct Alarm 93 TB Man Ref Hi 32 TB Man Ref Lo 32 TB Man Ref Sel 32 Testpoint Codes and Functions 96 Testpoint x Data 51 Testpoint x Sel 51 Torq Attributes Group 23 Torq Prove Cflct Alarm 93 Torq Prove Sts 68 Torq Ref A Div 26 TorgAlarm Action 68 TorqAlarm Dwell 69 TorqAlarm Level 68 TorqAlrm Timeout 69 TorgAlrm TO Act 69 TorqLim SlewRate 68 TorqProve Cnfg 67 TorqProve Setup 67 TorqPrv Spd Band Fault 89 Torque Current 21 Torque Proving 115 Torque Proving Group 67 Torque Ref B Mult 26 Torque Ref x Hi 26 Torque Ref x Lo 26 Torque Ref x Sel 26 Torque Setpoint1 26 Torque Setpoint2 27 Total Gear Ratio 69 Total Inertia 37 Trim Setpoint 33 Trim Hi 33 Trim In Select 33 Trim Lo 33 Trim Out Select 33 Trnsistr OvrTemp Fault 89 Troubleshooting 83 U UnderVoltage Alarm 93 Fault 89 Units Traveled 72 User Configurable Alarm 83 User Sets 109 UserSet Chksum Fault 89 Utility File 44 V Vel Override 72 VHz Neg Slope Alarm 93 Viewing and Changing Parameters 110 Voltage Class 46 Voltage Tolerance 150 Volts per Hertz Group 27 Ww Wak
106. 6 300 307 _ Data In XX Datalinks 38 603 SpdBand Integrat Torq Proving 67 308 HighRes Ref Datalinks 38 604 Brk Release Time Torq Proving 67 310 317 _ Data Out XX Datalinks 58 605 ZeroSpdFloatTime Torq Proving 67 320 Anlg In Config Analog Inputs 33 606 Float Tolerance Torq Proving 68 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 81 Chapter 1 82 Programming and Parameters os Spd Prof Sts ProfSetup Sta g a Units Traveled ProfSetup Sta g Home Position ProfSetup Sta a 0s Spd Prof Cmd ProfSetup Sta g a Encoder Pos Tol ProfSetup Sta g a Number Parameter Name Group Page 607 Brk Set Time Torq Proving 68 608 TorgLim SlewRate Torq Proving 68 609 BrkSlip Count Torq Proving 68 610 Brk Alarm Travel Torq Proving 68 611 MicroPos Scale Torq Proving 68 612 TorqProve Status Torq Proving 68 613 Brake Test Torq Torq Proving 68 631 od Load Torque Oil Well Pump 68 632 TorgAlarm Level Oil Well Pump 68 633 TorgAlarm Action Oil Well Pump 68 634 TorgAlarm Dwell Oil Well Pump 69 635 TorgAlrm Timeout Oil Well Pump 69 636 TorgAlrm TO Act Oil Well Pump 69 637 CP Pump Sheave Oil Well Pump 69 638 Max Rod Torque Oil Well Pump 69 639 Min Rod Speed Oil Well Pump 69 640 Max Rod Speed Oil W
107. 605 Torq Proving 67 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 79 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Parameter Cross Reference by Number 80 Number Parameter Name Group Page 1 Output Freq Metering 21 2 Commanded Freq Metering 21 3 Output Current Metering 21 4 Torque Current Metering 21 5 Flux Current Metering 21 6 Output Voltage Metering 21 7 Output Power Metering 21 8 Output Powr Fctr Metering 21 9 Elapsed MWh Metering 21 10 Elapsed Run Time Metering 21 11 MOP Reference Metering 21 12 C Bus Voltage Metering 21 13 DC Bus Memory Metering 21 14 Elapsed kWh Metering 21 16 Analog In1 Value Metering 21 17 Analog In2 Value Metering 21 18 TC HW Value Metering 22 21 Spd Fdbk No Filt Metering 22 22 amped Speed Metering 22 23 Speed Reference Metering 22 24 Commanded Torque Metering 22 25 Speed Feedback Metering 22 26 ated kW Drive Data 22 27 ated Volts Drive Data 22 28 ated Amps Drive Data 22 29 Control SW Ver Driv
108. 646 3434 Outside United States or Canada Use the Worldwide Locator at http www rockwellautomation com rockwellautomation support overview page or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative New Product Satisfaction Return Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to help ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number call the phone number above to obtain one to your distributor to complete the return process Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure Documentation Feedback Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA DU002 available at http www rockwellautomation com literature Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret A S Kar Plaza Merkezi E Blok Kat 6 34752 erenk y stanbul Tel 90 216 5698400 www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation NV Pegasus Park De Kleetlaan 12a 1831 D
109. 8 Y DIV ILSS SLY xlulx x xlolfolololololololololo j Febla ps4 3 n 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0f y Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Option Description AdjVoltTrim 10 Configures the PI regulator output to trim the voltage reference rather than the torque or speed references The trim can be configured to be exclusive by setting Excl Mode bit 0 Trimming the voltage reference is not compatible with trimming the torque reference thus if bits 8 amp 10 are set a type Il alarm will occur setting PI Cfg Cfict bit 19 in Drive Alarm 2 PI Control Controls the PI regulator A X LANAN x x x xix x x xix xjx x x 0 0 0 1 Enabled pills 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 Disabled x Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 ee iS ico v N IS gt ei fiai ico N Io jan femal N oo N Io N A a w ico ico io a z S ws a as eh a n Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions PI Reference Sel Selects the source of the PI reference o Adjustable Voltage Mode PI Setpoint Provides an internal fixed value for process setpoint when PI Reference Sel is set to PI Setpoint PI Feedback Sel Selects the source of the PI feedback g Adjustable Voltage Mode PI Integral Time T
110. AC 060 60 55 5 a No Shipping Package Internal Use C Vector A 24V DC 082 82 75 5 Only D Vector A TI5V AC 098 98 90 6 N Standard None 119 119 110 6 A Vector Control Option utilizes DPI Only 142 142 132 6 g Frame 0 6 drives only Brake Code w Brake IGBT d y Yes Enclosure N No Feedback Code Enclosure Brake IGBT is standard on Frames 0 3 optional on Frames 4 6 and Code Type not available on Frames 7 10 A 1P20 NEMA UL Type 1 0 None Open Flange Mount 1 Encoder 12V 5V Fa Front IP00 NEMA UL Type Open Back Heatsink IP54 NEMA Type 12 h Open Flange Mount Internal Braking Resistor Now Front IP00 NEMA UL Type Open m Back Heatsink IP54 NEMA 12 Code w Resistor y Yes k Future Use Ga Stand Alone Wall Mount es P54 NEMA UL Type 12 N No Roll In Not available for Frame 3 drives or larger U Front IP00 NEMA UL Type Open n Back Heatsink IP54 NEMA 12 Frames 8 amp 9 Only Special Firmware Frames 0 6 Only A Only available for Frame 5 amp Frame 6 drives 400 690V i Code Type Only available for Frames 7 10 Emission AD 60 Hz Maximum Code CE Filter CM Choke AE Cascading Fan Pump Control A Yes Yes AX 82 Hz Maximum e BH Yes No BA Pump Off for pump jack HIM N No No Must be used with Vector Control option C or D Position k Positions Code Operator Interface Note 600V class drives below 77 Amps Frames 0 4 are declared to m f are only required when custom firmware is supplied meet the Low Voltage
111. By default these parameters are set to provide 150 of drive rating If lowered the performance may be degraded 148 Current Lmt Val 161 Bus Reg Mode A The default setting will adjust frequency to regulate the DC Bus voltage 162 Bus Reg Mode B under regenerative conditions This will most likely cause a position overshoot To resolve this select Dynamic Brak and size the load resistor for the application Position Loop Tuning Two parameters are available for tuning the position loop e Pos Reg Filter parameter 718 is a low pass filter at the input of the position regulator e Pos Reg Gain parameter 719 is a single adjustment for increasing or decreasing the responsiveness of the regulator By default these parameters are set at approximately a 6 1 ratio filter 25 gain 4 It is recommended that a minimum ratio of 4 1 be maintained Profile Command Control Word The profile indexer is controlled with Pos Spd Prof Cmd parameter 705 The bit definitions are as follows Bit Name Description 0 Start Step 0 The binary value of these bits determines which step will be the starting step for the profile when a start command is issued If the value of these bits are not 1 16 the drive will not run since it does Start Step 1 not havea valid step to start from Valid Examples 00011 step 3 01100 step 12 2 Start Step 2 3 Start Step 3 4 Start Step 4
112. Directive It is the responsibility of the user to g Blank Cover determine compliance to the EMC directive Frames 7 10 3 LCD Display Full Numeric Keypad 400 480V AC drives Voltage Rating codes C and D meet CE Remote Panel Mount IP66 NEMA UL Type 12 Full certification requirements when installed per recommendations Ie Numeric LCD HIM Only available for 208 240V Frame 0 3 drives Rees Remote Panel Mount IP66 NEMA UL Type 12 Prog Only LCD HIM Available with Frames 5 6 Stand Alone IP54 drives Enclosure Code j G Comm Slot Code Network Type C ControlNet Coax D DeviceNet E EtherNet IP N None 14 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Chapter 1 Programming and Parameters This chapter provides a complete listing and description of the PowerFlex 700 parameters The parameters can be programmed viewed edited using an LCD HIM Human Interface Module As an alternative programming can also be performed using DriveExplorer or DriveExecutive software and a personal computer See Appendix B for a brief description of the LCD HIM Topic Pae Topic ae AboutParameters hs Communication File 55 How Parameters are Organized 17 Inputs amp Outputs File 59 Monitor File 21 Applications File 67 Motor Control File 23 Pos Spd Profile File 72 Speed Command File 29 Parameter Cross Reference by Name 77 Dynamic Control File 38 Parameter Cross Reference by Numbe
113. End N A N A 0 5 N A 0 00 N A N A Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Example 2 Six Step Velocity Profile Digital Input Based In each step the drive ramps at Step x AccelTime to Step x Velocity in the direction of the sign of Step x Velocity until a digital input is detected When the input is detected it transitions to the next step in the profile This continues through Digital Input 6 activating step 5 Step 5 is defined as a Parameter Level step Digital Inputs used in the profile must be defined as Prof Input IMPORTANT Atransition is required to start each step If the input is already true when transitioning to a digital input step the indexer will not go to the next step Figure 14 Digital Input Example 350 250 150 Profile Status Scaled pajenesl spun Encoder Speed igi 150 250 days yuaung 350 Time Note Step 5 is a Parameter Level Step Encoder Speed 415 Profile Status 700 Units Traveled 701 Current Step Dig In Status 216 Step Step x Type Step x Step x Step x Stepx Stepx Stepx Stepx Velocity AccelTime DecelTime Value Dwell Batch Next 1 Digital Input 300 0 5 0 5 3 00 0 00 1 2 2 Digital Input 50 0 5 0 5 4 00 5 00 1 3 3 Digital Input 300 0 5 0 5 5 00 0 00 1 4 4 D
114. FLA for 180 seconds If the motor had been operating at 100 for over 30 minutes the drive will run at 150 of FLA for 60 seconds These values assume the drive is operating above Motor OL Hertz and that Motor OL Factor is set to 1 00 Operation below 100 current causes the Motor Overload Curve 100000 cai Hot temperature calculation to account for motor cooling 0000 1000 Motor OL Hertz defines the frequency where motor overload capacity derate should begin The motor overload capacity is reduced when operating below Motor 10 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 OL Hertz For all settings of Motor OL Full Load Amps Hertz other than zero the overload capacity is reduced to 70 at an output frequency of zero Trip Time Sec 100 Changing Overload Hz 120 OL Hz 10 OL Hz 25 OL Hz 50 S Ss cS A t Continuous Rating D oO De o 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 of Base Speed Motor NP FLA is multiplied by Motor OL Factor to select the rated current for the motor thermal overload This can be used to raise or lower the level of current that will cause the motor thermal overload to trip The effective overload factor is a combination of Motor OL Hertz and Motor OL Factor Changing Overload Factor OL 1 20 120 OL 1 00 100 OL 0 80
115. Group 70 Adjustable Voltage Operation 113 AdjVoltRef Cflct Alarm 91 Alarm amp Fault Types 83 Alarm 1 Fault 51 Alarm 2 Fault 51 Alarm Clear 53 Alarm Config 1 53 Alarm Descriptions 91 Alarm x Code 54 Alarms AdjVoltRef Cflct 91 Analog In Loss 91 Bipolar Conflict 91 Brake Slipped 91 Brake Slipping 91 Decel Inhibt 91 Dig In Conflict 91 Drive OL Level 91 FluxAmpsRef Rang 91 Ground Warn 91 Home Not Set 92 In Phase Loss 92 IntDBRes OvrHeat 92 IR Volts Range 92 Ixo Vit Rang 92 Load Loss 92 MaxFreq Conflict 92 Motor Thermistor 92 Motor Type Cflct 92 NP Hz Conflict 92 PI Config Conflict 92 Power Loss 92 Precharge Active 92 Prof Step Cflct 92 PTC Conflict 92 Sleep Config 92 Speed Ref Cflct 92 Start At PowerUp 93 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Index TB Man Ref Cflct 93 Torq Prove Cflct 93 UnderVoltage 93 VHz Neg Slope 93 Waking 93 Alarms Group 53 Alarms Clearing 90 Analog In Loss Alarm 91 Analog In Loss Fault 86 Analog In x Hi 60 Analog In x Lo 60 Analog Inputs Group 59 Analog Inx Value 21 Analog Out Scale 61 Analog Out1 Hi 61 Analog Out1 Lo 61 Analog Out Sel 61 Analog Out2 Lo 61 Analog Out2 Sel 61 Analog Outputs Group 60 Anlg Cal Chksum Fault 86 Anlg In Config 59 Anlg In Loss 60 Anlg In Sqr Root 59 Anlg Out Absolut 60 Anlg Out Config 60 Anlg Out Setpt 61 Applications File 67 ATEX Approved Motors Operation with 151 Auto Rstrt Delay 41 Auto Rstrt Tries 41 Auto Rstrt
116. Limits 151 152 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Accel Time 1 Accel Time 2 Sets the rate of accel for all speed increases Max Speed Accel Time Decel Time 1 Decel Time 2 Sets the rate of decel for all speed decreases Max Speed Decel Time S Curve Sets the percentage of accel or decel time that is applied to the ramp as S Curve Time is added 1 2 at the beginning and 1 2 at the end of the ramp Current Lmt Sel Selects the source for the adjustment of current limit i e parameter analog input etc Accel Rate Decel Rate Current Lmt Val Defines the current limit value when Current Lmt Sel Cur Lim Val When in Adj Voltage mode the output voltage will not be allowed to exceed this value Current Lmt Gain Sets the responsiveness of the current limit Drive OL Mode Selects the drives response to increasing drive temperature and may reduce the current limit value as well as the PWM frequency If the drive is being used with a sine wave filter the filter is likely tuned to a specific carrier frequency To ensure stable operation it is recommended to set this parameter to Reduce CLim PWM Frequency Sets the carrier frequency for the PWM output Drive derating may occur at higher carrier frequencies For derating information refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual Important Changing the PWM frequency
117. Logic Noise Immunity up to 6000 volts peak per IEEE C62 41 1991 Showering arc transients up to 1500V peak Power Ride Thru 15 milliseconds at full load Logic Control Ride Thru 0 5 seconds minimum 2 seconds typical Ground Fault Trip Phase to ground on drive output Short Circuit Trip Phase to phase on drive output Altitude 1000 m 3300 ft max without derating Maximum Surrounding Air Temperature without Derating 1P20 NEMA UL Type Open Frames 0 6 Frames 7 10 0 50 C 32 122 F typical See Installation Instructions for details 0 40 C 32 104 F for chassis heatsink 0 65 C 32 149 F for control front of backplane Storage Temperature all const 40 70 C 40 158 F Atmosphere Important Drive must not be installed in an area where the ambient atmosphere contains volatile or corrosive gas vapors or dust If the drive is not going to be installed for a period of time it must be stored in an area where it will not be exposed to a corrosive atmosphere Relative Humidity 5 to 95 non condensing Shock 15G peak for 11ms duration 1 0 ms Vibration 0 152 mm 0 006 in displacement 1G peak Surrounding Environment Pollution Degree Pollution Degree 1 amp 2 Pollution Degree 3 amp 4 See page 100 for descriptions of each pollution degree rating All enclosures acceptable Enclosure that meets or exceeds IP54 NEMA UL Type 12 re
118. Motor OL Count 220 Testpoint 1 2 Sel 234 236 Start Inhibits 214 Fault Speed 224 Testpoint 1 2 Data 235 237 Last Stop Source 215 Fault Amps 225 Mtr OL Trip Time 221 Dig In Status 216 Fault Bus Volts 226 Faults Fault Config 1 238 Fault Clear Mode 241 Fault 1 8 Code 243 257 Fault Clear 240 Power Up Marker 242 Fault 1 8 Time 244 258 Alarms Alarm Config 1 259 Alarm Clear 261 Alarm1 8 Code 262 269 Scaled Blocks Scale1 2 In Val 476 482 Scale1 2 Out Lo 480 486 Scale3 4 In Lo 490 496 Scale1 2 In Hi 477 483 Scale1 2 Out Val 481 487 Scale3 4 Out Hi 491 497 Scale1 2 In Lo 478 484 Scale3 4 In Val 488 494 Scale3 4 Out Lo 492 488 Scale1 2 Out Hi 479 485 Scale3 4 In Hi 489 495 Scale3 4 Out Val 493 499 Communication Comm Control DPI Baud Rate 270 Drive Ramp Rslt 273 PI Ref Select 298 Drive Logic Rslt 271 DPI Port Sel 274 PI Fdbk Select 299 Drive Ref Rslt 272 DPI Port Value 275 Masks amp Owners Logic Mask 276 Fault Clr Mask 283 eference Owner 292 Start Mask 277 MOP Mask 284 Accel Owner 293 Jog Mask 278 Local Mask 285 ecel Owner 294 Direction Mask 279 Stop Owner 288 Fault Clr Owner 295 Reference Mask 280 Start Owner 289 MOP Owner 296 Accel Mask 281 Jog Owner 290 Local Owner 297 Decel Mask 282 Direction Owner 291 Datalinks Data In A1 D2 300 307 Data Out A1 D2 310 317 HighRes Ref 308 Security Port Mask Act 595 Write Mask Act 597 Logic Mask Act 598 Write Mask Cfg 596 Logic Mask 276 Inputs amp Outputs Analog Inputs Anlg In Config 320 Analog In1 2 Hi 322 325 Anal
119. N P June 2013 Motor DC Injection Application Notes Appendix C Vector Control can operate in one of two configurations 1 Encoderless Not to be confused with Sensorless Vector above Encoderless Vector based on Allen Bradley s patented Field Oriented Control technology means that a feedback device is not required Torque control can be achieved across a significant speed range without feedback 2 Closed Loop with Encoder Vector Control with encoder feedback utilizes Allen Bradley s Force Technology This industry leading technology allows the drive to control torque over the entire speed range including zero speed For those applications that require smooth torque regulation at very low speeds or full torque at zero speed Closed Loop Vector Control is the answer Speed Regulators Any of the PowerFlex drives regardless of their motor control technology Volts Hz Sensorless Vector or Vector can be set up to regulate speed Speed regulation and torque regulation must be separated to understand drive operation The PowerFlex 700 can offer improved speed regulation by adding speed feedback Using a speed feedback device encoder tightens speed regulation to 0 001 of base speed and extends the speed range to zero speed The Motor DC Injection feature allows DC injection braking to be enabled by using a digital input when the drive is stopped Programming the digital input through parameters 361 366 activates the DC
120. Not Used 9 MOP Level 10 Reserved 11 17 Preset Volt1 7 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 Related Group Adjust Voltage 675 676 677 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Adj Volt Trim Hi Scales the upper value of the Adj Volt TrimSel selection when the source is an analog input Adj Volt Trim Lo Scales the lower value of the Adj Volt TrimSel selection when the source is an analog input Adj Volt Trim Scales the total voltage trim value from all sources Analog In 1 amp 2 are scaled separately with Adj Volt Trim Hi amp Adj Volt Trim Lo then Adj Volt Trim sets the trim value The sign of this value will determine if trim is added or subtracted from the reference Adj Volt AccTime Sets the rate of voltage increase The value will be the time it takes to ramp the voltage from Min Adj Voltage to Maximum Voltage An S curve can be applied to the ramp using parameter 677 Adj Volt DecTime Sets the rate of voltage decrease The value will be the time it takes to ramp the voltage from Maximum Voltage to Min Adj Voltage An S curve can be applied to the ramp using Adj Volt Scurve Important This ramp and Decel Time 1 2 parameters 142 143 must ramp to zero for drive to Stop Adj Volt S Curve Sets the percentage of accel or decel time to be applied to the voltage ramp as S curve Time is a
121. OL Trip Time Default Amount of time before a Drive Overload fault Min Max F64 occurs if the load condition remains Units constant A value of 99999 means that the drive is operating under the overload level Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Read Only 0 Pwr Removed 1 5 DPI Port 1 5 7 Digital In 8 Fault 9 Not Enabled 10 Sleep 11 Jog 12 Autotune 13 Precharge Read Only Input Present Input Not Present Reserved Read Only Output Energized Output De energized Reserved Read Only 0 0 100 0 0 1 Read Only 0 0 100 0 0 1 Read Only 0 0 100 0 0 1 Read Only 0 99999 1 Chapter 1 ws ls D i 380 uu ico _ Wal io 047 048 49 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters File 222 223 224 225 UTILITY Diagnostics 226 227 228 Values Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions ET Drive Status 3 Read Only Indicates if a device has manual control of the speed reference or if a Fast Brake is in progress Y SS SS SKS SN i x x xjxjx x x x xjxjx jx x x 0 o0 Tonnon te pls 413 jn 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 4 Reseved Bit Option Descriptions Manual Mode Refer to Manual Speed Sources in the Installation Instructions publication 20B IN01
122. Overview Appendix B Most parameter values are entered directly by the user However certain parameters can be linked so the value of one parameter becomes the value of another For Example the value of an analog input can be linked to Accel Time 2 Rather than entering an acceleration time directly via HIM the link allows the value to change by varying the analog signal This can provide additional flexibility for advanced applications Each link has 2 components e Source parameter sender of information e Destination parameter receiver of information Most parameters can be a source of data for a link except parameter values that contain an integer representing an ENUM text choice These are not allowed since the integer is not actual data it represents a value Table 20 lists the parameters that can be destinations All links must be established between equal data types parameter value formatted in floating point can only source data to a destination parameter value that is also floating point A maximum of ten links is allowed Establishing A Link 1 Select a valid destination parameter see Table 20 to be linked refer to page 110 The parameter value screen will appear Fda Parameter Accel Time 1 2 Press the Enter key to edit the parameter The cursor will Accel Time 2 move to the value line Decel Time 1 3 Press the key and then the key Next press the or min 0 1 Se
123. P June 2013 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting This chapter provides information to guide you in troubleshooting the PowerFlex 700 Included is a listing and description of drive faults with possible solutions when applicable and alarms faultsandAlarms S ga Drive Status 84 Manually Clearing Faults 85 Fault Descriptions 86 Clearing Alarms 90 Alarm Descriptions 91 Common Symptoms Corrective Actions 94 Testpoint Codes and Functions 96 Faults and Alarms A fault is a condition that stops the drive There are three fault types Type Fault Description Auto Reset Run When this type of fault occurs and Auto Rstrt Tries see page 41 is set to a value greater than 0 a user configurable timer Auto Rstrt Delay see page 41 begins When the timer reaches zero the drive attempts to automatically reset the fault If the condition that caused the fault is no longer present the fault will be reset and the drive will be restarted Non Resettable This type of fault normally requires drive or motor repair The cause of the fault must be corrected before the fault can be cleared The fault will be reset on power up after repair User Configurable These faults can be enabled disabled to annunciate or ignore a fault condition An alarm is a condition that if left untreated may stop the drive There are two alarm types Alarm Description User Configurable These alarms can be enable
124. PS ILS S 7 ololololololololo ololololololo aes Tue pls 4 13 n0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 2 Reserved Bit 50 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related I KO N N wal N kad 224 No Fe N lw a N N D N tag t a N IN N 5 ho No ls io N MN N gt No w io File 229 230 UTILITY Diagnostics 234 236 235 237 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Alarm 1 Fault Captures and displays Drive Alarm 1 at the time of the last fault x xi xix xi x x x 0 0 Pe 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later 2 Firmware 9 001 and later Alarm 2 Fault Captures and displays Drive Alarm 2 at the time of the last fault LUL I SIS SSRIS GSS SOE SILS SI IIISS SIRI IS ISI LISS SSS SRP VPP IVP PIII YS olofolojololojo olojojolojojojo ka p514 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 YW Bit SESS SAAN ISS x x x x x x x xjx x x x 0jo0 o0jO0 15 p B1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 y Bit Testpoint 1 Sel Default Testpoint 2 Sel r Testy 1 Min Max Selects the
125. Parameters are Organized i e cos cieseisanasa ieee s eeersenes 17 Pui be red List Viewers cererii niian Ness oe acres E canes 17 Basic Paramet r VieWessiscoderc reitir aa aC paps E eases 18 Advanced Parameter View 20s cis3 tisenoeee ete e aise ite 19 Monitor Files ereinen ia n aerate taaee dy dy eed ERE 21 Motor Control File sesir reai EEE EE OE Ea 23 Speed Command File vee uscuicsicsdiaeiste oe eT wardees 29 Dynamic Control File vie Been ay es a ee ee 38 Utility Wes co wed coes re ned raced Se est aed whe age arene cote Sousa ate id EEA 44 Communication Pilewuvasivheasiiade etc lrusen net Mededs date cece 55 Inputs amp Outputs File sporra aTa epee Meee enon 59 Applications Filessss erenn er sienai E es EEE EA E ETS 67 Pos Spd Profile Files isan iestecirrer ri bleu eewiass abe 72 Parameter Cross Reference by Nameiiciceclcoeecdiayeieeuseiee ZI Parameter Cross Reference by Number 00ee eee ees 80 Chapter 2 Faults and Alarms sree Bee ai tut co dee POA ee tes tarde 83 Drive Stats iaai s EE e ea a A ER we eee aS 84 Front Panel LED Indications cot oie at ies eit nte au pene 84 Precharge Board LED Indications i2hclc ous ch tnsecs lager niaee 85 HIM Indication eee soe seni aee Meyers ear EA 85 Manually Clearing Faults eGeise scat 9 cotta cckrinoniratn sceiaie a eMecmtca te wide veaeairats 85 Fault Descriptions vsii vicvieiestheid ctdiadvleeetedseddehies 86 Clearing Alain as deaet eG de teen tenn inane dain eed utente e
126. Requitements s sessie kbs 23 neren ii PERS 152 Drive Wiring sa visten det ntinerorne ema aa tain donee wate tees 152 Drive Configuration cisco Beek a E O See umn eae 153 Hardwares reiss sie heaps tread eae Roe R 153 Firmware sas osen pag none tees secinh hans raceme estes 153 Start Up amp Periodic Drive Testing Requirement 154 Preparation oeiee heb eat ore ed se ean ESE ANETA DERE 154 Testei as aE Se hand aS T EEEE EE ER 155 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 7 Table of Contents Notes 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Preface The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the basic information needed to program and troubleshoot the PowerFlex 700 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive with Vector Control Topic id Page WhoShouldUsethisManua J9 What Is Not in this Manual 9 Manual Conventions 9 Additional Resources 10 ATEX Approved Drives amp Motors 10 Drive Frame Sizes 10 General Precautions 11 13 Catalog Number Explanation Who Should Use this Manual This manual is intended for qualified personnel You must be able to program and operate Adjustable Frequency AC Drive devices In addition you must have What Is Not in this Manual Manual Conventions an understanding of the parameter settings and functions The PowerFlex 700 Series B User Manual provides programming and troubleshooting information for the Vector Contro
127. Scaling of the trim function is controlled with Adj Volt Trim parameter 672 When the sign of Adj Volt Trim is negative the value selected in Adj Volt TrimSel is subtracted from the reference Process Control The Process PI loop in the drive can be configured to regulate the frequency or voltage commands of the drive Typical applications using the Adjustable Voltage mode will close the loop around the voltage command Process PI is enabled by selecting 1 AdjVoltTrim in bit 10 of PI Configuration parameter 124 This bit configures the PI regulator output to trim the voltage reference rather than the torque or speed references The trim can be configured to be exclusive by selecting 1 Excl Mode in bit 0 of PI Configuration parameter 124 Trimming the voltage reference is not compatible with trimming the torque reference thus if bits 10 and 8 of PI Configuration are set a type I alarm will occur setting bit 19 PI Cfg Cflct in Drive Alarm 2 parameter 212 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 External Brake Resistor Hand Off Auto HOA Lifting Torque Proving Application Notes Appendix C resistors A risk of fire exists if external braking resistors are not protected External resistor packages must be self protected from over temperature or a circuit equivalent to the one shown below must be supplied ATTENTION The drive does not offer protection for externally mounted brake
128. User Manual Allen Bradley PowerFlex 700 AC Drives Frames 0 10 Vector Control Firmware 4 001 and Up Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Automation Important User Information Read this document and the documents listed in the Additional Resources section about installation configuration and operation of this equipment before you install configure operate or maintain this product Users are required to familiarize themselves with installation and wiring instructions in addition to requirements of all applicable codes laws and standards Activities including installation adjustments putting into service use assembly disassembly and maintenance are required to be carried out by suitably trained personnel in accordance with applicable code of practice If this equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer the protection provided by the equipment may be impaired In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of infor
129. V DE y S 105 105 55 5 096 96 75 5 R EOV DC 4 Iia 125 125 55 5 125 125 100 5 1 g10VDC t 5 6 140 140 75 5 156 156 125 6 w 982 DC Y Seh 170 170 90 6 180 180 150 6 205 205 110 6 248 248 200 6 260 260 132 6 292 292 250 7 a 292 292 160 7 325 325 250 7 eT 325 325 180 7 365 365 300 8 Teno Chen 365 365 200 8 a5 415 350 8 a5 a5 240 8 481 481 400 8 Code 208V Amps 240V Amps Hp Frame 181 181 280 3 535 535 450 3 2P2 25 22 05 0 535 535 300 8 600 600 500 8 4P2 48 42 10 0 600 600 350 8 70 70 600 9 6P8 78 68 20 1 730 20 400 9 875 875 700 10 9P6 96 3 0 1 875 875 500 10 015 175 153 50 1 022 253 2 75 1 4 028 322 28 10 2 ND Rating 042 483 4 15 3 600V 60 Hz Input 052 56 52 20 3 Code Amps Hp Frame 070 78 2 70 25 4 1P7 17 10 0 080 92 80 30 4 27 27 20 104 120 104 40 5 3P9 39 30 0 130 130 130 50 5 PI 6 1 50 0 154 177 154 60 6 9P0 90 75 0 192 21 192 75 6 on 1 10 1 260 260 260 100 6 017 17 15 1 02 n 20 2 027 27 25 2 032 32 30 3 O41 y 40 3 052 52 50 3 062 62 60 4 077 77 75 5 099 99 100 5 125 125 125 6 144 144 150 6 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 13 Preface a 1 05 d e f g i j k l m n 6 f k ND Rating Documentation Control amp 1 0 690V 50 Hz Input Code Type Code Control 1 0 Volts Code Amps kW Frame A Manual A Standard 24V DC AC 052 52 45 5 N No Manual B Standard 115V
130. Volt Preset3 amp Speed Preset 3 Adj Volt Preset4 amp Speed Preset 4 Adj Volt PresetS amp Speed Preset 5 Adj Volt Preset6 amp Speed Preset 6 Adj Volt Preset7 amp Speed Preset 7 Mixing selections 63 65 with 60 62 or 15 17 will cause a type 2 alarm 17 Firmware revision 10 001 and later ag Digin DataLogic Provides data to the logical operations that will be done with the digital inputs when parameter 056 is set to option 9 Digin DatLog ei Sa 0 0 0 o s D Of xO KO KO xO CESSES CESSES SSS SSY SSSSSS ZADANA ZVANA SIGIVS ASSIS SIS l x xfofo olofofolx xfolofofofolo 1 tgan pls 4 3 12 11 0 9 s 7 6 5 afs 21 0 y peered Bit Dig Out Setpt Sets the digital output value from a communication device Example Set Data In B1 to 379 The first three bits of this value will determine the setting of Digital Outx Sel which should be set to 30 Param Cntl YY x xjx ix x x x x x x x x x 0 O0 O0 Ea oergie ig 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x Reserved Bit Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related i fos File Group INPUTS amp OUTPUTS Digital Outputs 381 385 389 382 386 390 383 387 391 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Digital Out1
131. ally exclusive choices have been made i e Jog and Jog Flashing yellow status Forward light and Digin e 2 wire and 3 wire programming CfictB indication on may be conflicting Sa HIM e Exclusive functions i e Drive Status 2 shows direction control may have type 2 alarm s multiple inputs configured Stop is factory default and is not wired Table 7 Drive does not Start from HIM Cause s Drive is programmed for 2 wire control HIM Start button is disabled for 2 wire control unless param 192 bit 1 1 Program Digital Inx Sel to resolve conflicts page 63 Remove multiple selections for the same function Install stop button to apply a signal at stop terminal Corrective Action If 2 wire control is required no action needed See Save HIM Ref on page 44 If 3 wire control is required program Digital Inx Sel for correct inputs see page 63 Table 8 Drive does not respond to changes in speed command Cause s Indication No value is coming from the source LCD HIM Status Line of the command indicates At Speed and output is 0 Hz Corrective Action Ifthe source is an analog input check wiring and use a meter to check for presence of signal 2 Check Commanded Speed for correct source see page 21 Incorrect reference source has been None programmed 3 Check Speed Ref Source for the source of the speed reference see page 48 4 Repr
132. an Auxiliary Input fault condition Provide the command to restart the drive In the case of a maintained start remove and reapply the start command In either case the drive should remain stopped and in a fault condition Provide a Fault Reset command to the drive The drive fault should clear The drive should not start even if a maintained start is applied when the fault is reset Provide the command to restart the drive In the case of a maintained start remove and reapply the start command In either case the drive should run normally Stop the drive and disconnect all power from the drive including external control power Disconnect the test switching devices from the two digital inputs Determine a way to interrupt the continuity of the over temperature circuit when it is reconnected to the motor Properly reconnect the motor over temperature contact connection to the drive and include the test mechanism to interrupt the over temperature circuit s continuity This includes both Digital Input 6 terminal 32 and the additional required digital input Reconnect the jumper between the two inputs if one had been in place Reconnect power to the drive including external control power Start drive and confirm that it is operating properly Interrupt the continuity of the over temperature circuit connected to the drive The drive should stop and the motor coast to rest The HIM OIM should indicate that the drive is in an Au
133. an desired for normal deceleration Decel Time 2 can be activated with a faster rate selected When in Ramp mode the drive acknowledges the stop command by decreasing or ramping the output voltage and frequency to zero in a programmed period Decel Time maintaining control of the motor until the drive output reaches zero The drive output is then shut off The load and motor should follow the decel ramp Other factors such as bus regulation and current limit can alter the actual decal rate Ramp mode can also include a timed hold brake Once the drive has reached zero output hertz on a Ramp to Stop and both parameters DC Brake Time and DC Brake Level are not zero the drive applies DC to the motor producing current at the DC Brake Level for the DC Brake Time 1 On Stop drive output will decrease according to the programmed pattern from its present value to zero The pattern may be linear or squared The output will decrease to zero at the rate determined by the programmed Maximum Freq and the programmed active Decel Time x 2 The reduction in output can be limited by other drive factors such as bus or current regulation 3 When the output reaches zero the output is shut off 4 The motor if rotating will coast from its present speed for a time that is dependent on the mechanics of the system inertia friction etc Ramp to A Hold Bevi Nnn _ J Me Output Voltage Output Voltage Output Current O
134. and be configured to put the drive into a fault condition the drive will not restart if a new start command is given until the fault is reset Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 153 Appendix D Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group II Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Sta rt Up amp Periodic Drive The integrity of both the Hardware Enable input Digital Input 6 and the additional Aux Fault input must be maintained and verified periodically to meet Testing Requirement certification requirements The interval must be determined by the requirements of the application but not be greater than one year In addition to any requirements to check the integrity of the over temperature device s and the wiring of the over temperature contact closure to the drive terminals the drive circuitry itself requires testing This must be done during a maintenance period when the motor environment is not hazardous and all necessary precautions have been taken to repeatedly start and stop the drive and motor safely procedure Some of the voltages present are at incoming line potential To avoid electric shock hazard or damage to equipment only qualified service personnel should perform the following procedure Thoroughly read and understand the procedure before beginning If an event does not occur while performing this procedure Do Not Proceed Remove Power including user supplied control voltages U
135. aram Access Lvl 196 Drive Memory 45 Speed Feedback 5 Metering 2 PCP Pump Sheave 637 Oil Well Pump 69 Speed Loop Meter 451 Speed Regulator 37 PI BW Filter 139 Process PI 36 Speed Ref Source 213 Diagnostics 48 PI Configuration 124 Process PI 34 Speed Ref X Hi 91 94 Speed Reference 31 PI Control 125 Process PI 34 Speed Ref X Lo 92 95 Speed Reference 31 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name Number Group Page Speed Ref X Sel 90 93 Speed Reference 31 Speed Reference 23 Metering 22 Speed Units 79 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 Speed Torque Mod 88 Spd Mode amp Limits 30 Start At PowerUp 168 Restart Modes 41 Start Inhibits 214 Diagnostics 48 Start Mask 277 Masks amp Owners 56 Start Owner 289 Masks amp Owners 57 Start Acc Boost 69 Volts per Hertz 27 Status 1 2 Fault 227 228 Diagnostics 50 Status 3 Fault 223 Diagnostics 50 Step x AccelTime 722 Profile Setup 74 Step x Batch 726 Profile Setup 76 Step x DecelTime 723 Profile Setup 74 Step x Dwell 725 Profile Setup B Step x Next 727 Profile Setup 76 Step x Type 720 Profile Setup B Step x Value 724 Profile Setup 75 Step x Velocity 721 Profile Setup 74 Stop Dwell Time 452 Stop
136. ask Act Read Only Status of write access for DPI ports When bit 15 is set network security is controlling the write mask instead of Write Mask Cfg S AALAND IMLS VVSSSS Ol xixix x xixix x 1 1 1 1 1 1 x in pls 413 12 11 10 9 817 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 y Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values 276 Logic Mask 288 Determines which ports can control the drive If the bit for a port is set to 0 the port will have 2 no control functions except for stop 297 gt X ss Ss O X 3 CEOS E o VANAN E o ISISI SIYS Z S S K xxix xx x k k kaaa aaa 1 Control Permitted o 15 14 13 wi 0 9 8 7 6 5 Ala 2 1 o OS Control Masked ig x Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values 598 Logic Mask Act Read Only 276 Indicates status of the logic mask for DPI ports When bit 15 is set network security is controlling the logic mask instead of Logic Mask 9 K ILIS S VOAAWAG G7 WVYYSSSN Olxixixlxixlxixlxltl111l111 ME 1 Control Permitted 15 14 13 1211 10 9 817 6 5 413 21 0 OZ Control Masked i x Reserved Bit 1 Firmware 6 002 and later Factory Default Bit Values e Inputs amp Outputs File Parameter Name amp Description Values T Lak 2L See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 ra c 320 Anlg In Config 322 Selects the mode for the analog inputs 325 For current mode verify that wiring is correct at 1 0 terminals 17 18 Analog In 1 or 19 20 3
137. ation on e Parameters and programming e Faults alarms and troubleshooting PowerFlex 700 AC Drive Technical Data publication 20B TD001 This publication provides detailed drive specifications option specifications and input protection device ratings PowerFlex Comm Adapter Manuals publication 20COMM UM These publications provide information on configuring using and troubleshooting PowerFlex communication adapters PowerFlex 70 and PowerFlex 700 Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM001 PowerFlex 70 Enhanced Control and PowerFlex 700 Vector Control Reference Manual publication PFLEX RM004 These publications provide detailed application specific information for programming and configuring the PowerFlex 700 drive Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES INO01 Provides basic information needed to properly wire and ground PWM AC drives Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Control publication SGI 1 1 Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage publication 8000 4 5 2 Provides general guidelines for the application installation and maintenance of solid state control Provides practices for guarding against Electrostatic damage ESD Product Certifications website http ab com You can view or download publications at Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certificat
138. ble Disable 0 1 Pump Jack 2 PC Oil Well 640 0 Kin 16 0 2560 0 Kin 0 1 Kin 0 25 Inch 0 25 100 00 Inch 0 01 Inch 1 00 1 00 40 00 0 01 10 00 Inch 0 25 25 00 Inch 0 01 Inch Read Only 0 00 32000 00 0 01 10 4 Ohms 0 0 100 0 Ohms 0 1 Ohms Chapter 1 Related 69 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters No Oil Well Pump Group 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 Adjust Voltage 661 662 663 669 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Gearbox Limit Sets the gearbox torque limit This value is used in determining the Pos Torque Limit amp Neg Torque Limit Adj Volt Phase 1 Phase 0 Select to operate single phase loads connected to the U amp V phases Not designed to operate single phase motors 3 Phase 1 Select to operate three phase loads Adj Volt Select Selects the source of the voltage reference to the drive Adj Volt Ref Hi Scales the upper value of the Adj Volt Select selection when the source is an analog input Adj Volt Ref Lo Scales the lower value of the Adj Volt Select selection when the source is an analog input Adj Volt Preset1 Adj Volt Preset2 Adj Volt Preset3 Adj Volt Preset4 Adj Volt Preset5 Adj Volt Preset6 Adj Volt Preset7 Provides an internal fixed voltage command value that is available as a selection fo
139. blication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 0010 Preset 2 Auto 0011 Preset 3 Auto 0100 Preset 4 Auto 0101 Preset 5 Auto 0110 Preset 6 Auto 0111 Preset 7 Auto 1000 Term Blk Manual 1001 DPI 1 Manual 1010 DPI 2 Manual 1011 DPI 3 Manual 1100 DPI 4 Manual 1101 DPI 5 Manual 1110 Reserved 1111 Jog Ref Appendix B HIM Overview Topic Page External amp Internal Connections 105 Menu Structure 108 Viewing and Editing Parameters 110 Removing Installing the HIM 106 External amp Internal The PowerFlex 700 provides a number of cable connection points Con nections Figure 2 Port Locations Frames 0 6 0 Frame shown fe AX a i gt BEH am ogo BSH 3 SE Optional ol oH wt 8 Communications Q oH 00000 Module OOOH arr N n z arz ee Ee ill E be i o 8 o i IN Bsaog g R Mg _ eH mdo i U ET RILI N e nnn e 00000 l K a e i 7 J Oo Ol No Connector Description DPI Port 1 HIM connection when installed in
140. butes 062 063 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Values Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Flux Up Mode Default Manual Auto Flux is established for a calculated time Options 0 Manual period based on motor nameplate data Flux Up 1 Automatic Time is not used Manual Flux is established for Flux Up Time before acceleration Flux Up Time Default 0 000 Secs Sets the amount of time the drive will use to try Min Max 0 000 5 000 Secs and achieve full motor stator flux When a Start Units 0 001 Secs command is issued DC current at current limit level is used to build stator flux before accelerating SV Boost Filter Default 500 Sets the amount of filtering used to boost Min Max 0 32767 voltage during Sensorless Vector and FVC Vector Units 1 encoderless operation Autotune Default 3 Calculate Provides a manual or automatic method for Options 0 Ready setting IR Voltage Drop Flux Current Ref and 1 Static Tune Ixo Voltage Drop Valid only when parameter 53 2 Rotate Tune is set to Sensrls Vect SV Economize or FVC 3 Calculate Vector Ready 0 Parameter returns to this setting following a Static Tune or Rotate Tune It also permits manually setting IR Voltage Drop Ixo Voltage Drop and Flux Current Ref Static Tune 1 A temporary
141. cale Sets the percent of speed reference to be used when micropositioning has been selected in TorqProve Cnfg Bit 2 of TorqProve Cnfg parameter 600 determines if the motor needs to come to a stop before this setting will take effect Torq Prove Sts Displays the status bits for TorqProve Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units amp N SS KEES x x x x x x xlxixlolo ololololo 17 pls 43 njn 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 Bit ET Brake Test Torq Default Sets test torque to use when Brake Test is Min Max enabled in TorqProv Cnfg Units Rod Load Torque Default Displays the load side torque Alarm Config 1 Min Max parameter 259 bit 19 must be enabled to Units activate this display TorqAlarm Level Default Sets the level at which the Torque Alarm Min Max becomes active Note only active with PC pump Units applications see param 641 TorqAlarm Action Default Sets the drive action when the Torque Alarmis Options exceeded Note only active with PC pump applications see param 641 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 0 2 Hz 6 0 RPM 0 1 5 0 Hz 3 0 150 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM 0 10 Secs 0 00 10 00 Secs 0 01 Secs 10 0 Secs 0 5 300 0 Sec
142. can affect the motor lead length Refer to the motor cable length restriction tables in Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for Pulse Width Modulated PWM AC Drives publication DRIVES IN001 Important If parameter 053 Motor Cntl Sel is set to FVC Vector the drive will run at 2 kHz when operating below 6 Hz Droop RPM FLA Selects amount of droop that the speed reference is reduced when at full load torque Zero disables the droop function Important Selecting Slip Comp with parameter 080 in conjunction with parameter 152 may produce undesirable results Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 10 0 Secs 10 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 10 0 Secs 10 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 0 100 1 Cur Lim Val Cur Lim Val Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 Rated Amps x 1 5 Equation yields approximate default value O O Based on Drive Rating 0 1 Amps 250 0 5000 1 Both PWM 1st Disabled Reduce CLim Reduce PWM Both PWM 1st WN ao w 4kHz or 2 kHz Refer to Appendix A 2 10 kHz 2 4 8 10 kHz 0 0 RPM 0 0 200 0 RPM 0 1 RPM
143. ce will be used IMPORTANT When using parameter 173 DPI Loss Action the user must make certain that the HIM is not the sole stopping source The user must verify that an alternate stop source is available If the HIM is the sole stopping source and it is disconnected the drive will fault regardless of the configuration in parameter 238 Fault Config 1 In the default condition a DPI loss fault will occur ifa HIM is disconnected To avoid or override a DPI loss fault and keep the drive running 1 Set parameter 173 DPI Loss Action to 1 Hold OutFreq or 2 Goto Preset 1 2 Change the respective bit that corresponds to the DPI port bits 16 18 in parameter 238 Fault Config 1 to a value of 0 to disable the fault 3 Verify that the respective bit that corresponds to the DPI port bits 21 23 in parameter 259 Alarm Config 1 is in its default state of 1 condition true Reconnecting the HIM When the HIM is reconnected to the original DPI port the drive speed reference will be transferred to the HIM providing a constant drive speed while the HIM regains control of the speed reference Once communication between the drive and HIM is re established the DPI Port x Loss alarm will clear and the HIM will control the speed reference Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 107 AppendixB HIM Overview Menu Structure 108 Figure 4 HIM Menu Structure User Display
144. coderless mode this parameter sets the time to release the brake after drive starts ZeroSpdFloatTime Default 5 0 Secs Sets the amount of time the drive is below Float Min Max 0 1 500 0 Secs Tolerance before the brake is set Not usedin Units 0 1 Secs Encoderless TorqProve mode Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 603 602 67 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters 68 Group File No 607 608 609 610 Torque Proving 611 612 613 631 632 Oil Well Pump 633 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Float Tolerance Sets the frequency level where the float timer starts Also sets the frequency level where the brake will be closed in Encoderless TorqProve mode Brk Set Time Defines the amount of delay time between commanding the brake to be set and the start of brake proving TorqLim SlewRate Sets the rate to ramp the torque limits to zero during brake proving BrkSlip Count Sets the number of encoder counts to define a brake slippage condition Not used in encoderless operation Brk Alarm Travel Sets the number of motor shaft revolutions allowed during the brake slippage test Drive torque is reduced to check for brake slippage When slippage occurs the drive allows this number of motor shaft revolutions before regaining control Not used in Encoderless TorgProve mode MicroPos S
145. condition 2 Replace drive 1 If adapter was not intentionally disconnected check wiring to the port Replace wiring port expander adapters Main Control Board or complete drive as required 2 Check HIM connection 3 Ifan adapter was intentionally disconnected and the Logic Mask bit for that adapter is set to 1 this fault will occur To disable this fault set the Logic Mask bit for the adapter to 0 Check DPI device event queue and corresponding fault information for the device Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or line power interruption 1 Check for damaged output transistors 2 Replace drive 1 Check wiring 2 Replace pulse generator Fault Pwr Brd Chksum1 Pwr Brd Chksum2 Replaced MCB PB See Manual Shear Pin Software Fault Software Fault SW OverCurrent TorqPrv Spd Band Trnsistr OvrTemp UnderVoltage UserSet1 Chksum UserSet2 Chksum UserSet3 Chksum No 104 105 107 28 63 88 89 36 20 101 102 103 Type 09 Description The checksum read from the EEPROM does not match the checksum calculated from the EEPROM data The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum calculated Main Control Board was replaced and parameters were not programmed Encoderless TorqProve has been enabled but user has not read and understood application concerns of enc
146. connection The calculated IGBT temperature requires a reduction in PWM frequency If Drive OL Mode is disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault will eventually occur The calculated IGBT temperature requires a reduction in Current Limit If Drive OL Mode is disabled and the load is not reduced an overload fault will eventually occur The calculated or measured Flux Amps value is not within the expected range Verify motor data and rerun motor tests Ground current has exceeded the level set in Gnd Warn Level Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 91 Chapter 2 92 Troubleshooting Alarm Home Not Set In Phase Loss IntDBRes OvrHeat IR Volts Range Ixo Vit Rang Load Loss MaxFreq Conflict Motor Thermistor Motor Type Cflct NP Hz Conflict PI Config Conflict Power Loss Precharge Active Prof Step Cfict PTC Conflict Sleep Config Speed Ref Cflct No O Type 25 28 N 3 oje Description Configurable alarm set in parameter 259 bit 17 When set to 1 this alarm is displayed when any of the following occur e parameter 88 is set to 7 Pos Spd Prof on power up and parameter 88 7 e recall user sets and parameter 88 7 Alarm is cleared when e setting parameter 88 to a value other than 7 e reset defaults e parameter 259 bit 17 is cleared a digital input is configured as Set Home and input is
147. cs G key to change Present Value to Define Link Then press the Max 3600 0 Secs amp Enter key 4 Enter the Source Parameter Number and press the Enter key Present Value The linked parameter can now be viewed two different ways by repeating steps 1 4 and selecting Present Value or Define Link If an attempt is made to edit the value of a linked parameter Parameter is Linked will be displayed indicating that the value is coming from a source parameter and cannot be edited To remove a link repeat steps 1 5 and change the source parameter number to zero 0 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Define Link Parameter 141 Accel Time 2 017 Analog In1 Value Press the GB key to return to the group list 111 Appendix B 112 HIM Overview Table 20 Linkable Parameters No Parameter 54 Maximum Voltage 58 Flux Up Time 59 SV Boost Filter 66 Autotune Torque 69 Start Acc Boost 70 Run Boo
148. d sets Min Max amp Default values will be changed 5 Reserved for parameters 41 47 54 55 62 63 69 70 72 82 148 158 This parameter is not reset when Reset to Defaults is selected Important Frames 5 10 If changing voltage class verify correct voltage on the fan transformer See Selecting Verifying Fan Voltage in the Installation Instructions publication 20B IN0019 Drive Checksum Default Read Only Provides a checksum value that indicates Min Max 0 65535 whether or not a change in drive programming Units 1 has occurred Dyn UsrSet Cnfg Enables Disables dynamic selection of user parameter sets Important In dynamic mode changes to the parameters are not saved to nonvolatile storage Switching user sets restores the values last saved before enabling dynamic mode g DynamicMode O S 1 Enabled VA ONY 0 Disabled VS Ctrl Source x x x x x 0 0 1 DynUserSet Sel 6 5 4 3 21 0 0 Digital Inputs x x x xjx x x x x pris 4 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Bit Factory Default Bit Values Dyn UsrSet Sel Selects user set if Dyn UsrSet Cnfg xxxx xx11 Important All digital input selections parameters 361 366 must be identical in all three user sets for proper Dynamic User Set operation even if only two sets are used x Reserved
149. d or disabled through Alarm Config 1 on page 53 Non Configurable These alarms are always enabled Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 83 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Drive Status 84 The condition or state of your drive is constantly monitored Any changes will be indicated through the LEDs and or the HIM if present Front Panel LED Indications Figure 1 Typical Drive Status Indicators Frames a 7 10 i z a 2 D a aE 5 Name Color State Description PWR Green Steady Illuminates when power is applied to the drive Power STS Green Flashing Drive ready but not running amp no faults are present Status 7 A Steady Drive running no faults are present Yellow Flashing A start inhibit condition exists the drive cannot be started See page 91 Drive Stopped Check parameter 214 Start Inhibits Flashing An intermittent type 1 alarm condition is occurring Drive Running Check parameter 211 Drive Alarm 1 Steady A continuous type 1 alarm condition exists Drive Running Check parameter 211 Drive Alarm 1 Red Flashing Fault has occurred Check Fault x Code or Fault Queue See page 86 Steady Anon resettable fault has occurred PORT Green Statu
150. dded 1 2 at the beginning and 1 2 at the end Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 100 0 0 0 100 0 of Drive Rated Volts 0 1 0 0 0 0 100 0 of Drive Rated Volts 0 1 0 0 100 0 of Drive Rated Volts 0 1 0 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 1 Related Chapter 1 71 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Pos Spd Profile File 72 File 700 701 702 705 POS SPD PROFILE ProfSetup Status 707 708 711 Values Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Pos Spd Prof Sts Read Only Provides status of the profile indexer Bits 0 4 are a binary value gt g Y N Q DV 2 3 Y lt GI III NS S QSS VSS IS SE ofolofolofolololx x xfofolofofo t Enabled pis 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 y Reserved Bit 0 0 0 0 1 Step1 0 0 0 1 0 Step2 0 0 0 1 1 Step3 0 o0 1 0 0 Step4 0 0 1 0 1 Steps 0 o 1 1 0 Step6 O 0 1 1 1 Step7 0 1 0 0 0 Steps 0 1 0 00 1 Step9 0 1 0 1 0 Step 10 DIEETTI Step 11 0 1 1100 Step 12 0 1 1101 Step 1
151. de e When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in dust environments Category 2D the motor must be protected by an enclosure according to EN50281 1 1 or according to IEC61241 1 Ex tD Group II motors are marked with a temperature e The motor over temperature signal supplied to the drive must be a normally closed contact open during over temperature condition compatible with the drive s digital logic input circuitry If multiple sensors are required in the motor the connection at the drive must be the resultant of all required contacts wired in series Note that the drives are available with either 24V DC or 115V AC input circuitry e Refer to all product markings for additional cautions that may apply e Typical motor markings are contained on a motor certification nameplate similar to Figure 25 Figure 25 Sample Motor Nameplate FLAMEPROOF Exd ENCLOSURE EExd I IIB___Tamb _____C to ___C O x 112 G D C osig O IM2 Sira___ ATEX MFG BY ROCKWELL AUTOMATION IMPORTANT ATEX certification of this drive requires that 2 separate digital logic inputs be configured to monitor a normally closed over temperature contact or multiple contacts wired in series presented to the drive from the motor The first input must be Digital Input6 Hardware Enable terminal 32 The second can be any other unused digital input between 1 and 5 Note that all inputs are typically supplied in a default
152. de A amp B must be set to either option 2 3 or 4 Default Options None External Res 2 0 Internal Res 1 2 None ATTENTION Equipment damage may result if a drive mounted internal resistor is installed and this parameter is set to External Res or None Thermal protection for the internal resistor will be disabled resulting in possible device damage Also see ATTENTION statement in parameter 161 162 Bus Reg Kp Proportional gain for the bus regulator Used to adjust regulator response Bus Reg Kd Derivative gain for the bus regulator Used to control regulator overshoot Flux Braking Set to use an increase in the motor flux current to increase the motor losses and allow a faster deceleration time when a chopper brake or regenerative capability is not available Can be used as a stopping or fast deceleration method Stop Dwell Time Sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when responding to a stop command For more information please see Stop Dwell Time on page 149 Important Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter 40 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units 1500 0 10000 1 1000 0 10000 1 Disabled
153. diting 110 Descriptions 15 File Group Parameter Organization 17 Linear List 17 Viewing 110 Parameter Chksum Fault 88 Parameter Cross Reference by Name 77 by Number 80 161 Index Parameter Linking 111 Commanded Torque 22 Parameter View Compensation 24 162 Advanced Vector Control 19 Basic Vector Control 18 Parameters 32 Bit 16 Accel Mask 56 Accel Owner 57 Accel Time x 38 Adj Volt AccTime 71 Adj Volt Command 70 Adj Volt DecTime 71 Adj Volt Phase 70 Adj Volt Preset 70 Adj Volt Ref Hi 70 Adj Volt Ref Lo 70 Adj Volt S Curve 71 Adj Volt Select 70 Adj Volt Trim 71 Adj Volt Trim Hi 71 Adj Volt Trim Lo 71 Adj Volt TrimSel 70 Alarm 1 Fault 51 Alarm 2 Fault 51 Alarm Clear 53 Alarm Config 1 53 Alarm x Code 54 Analog In x Hi 60 Analog In x Lo 60 Analog Inx Value 21 Analog Out Scale 61 Analog Out1 Hi 61 Analog Out1 Lo 61 Analog Out Sel 61 Analog Out2 Hi 61 Analog Out2 Lo 61 Analog Out2 Sel 61 Anlg In Config 59 Anlg In Loss 60 Anlg In Sqr Root 59 Anlg Out Absolut 60 Anlg Out Config 60 Anlg Out Setpt 61 Auto Rstrt Delay 41 Auto Rstrt Tries 41 Autotune 25 Autotune Torque 26 Brake Test Torq 68 Break Frequency 27 Break Voltage 27 Brk Alarm Travel 68 Brk Release Time 67 Brk Set Time 68 BrkSlip Count 68 Bus Reg Kd 40 Bus Reg Ki 39 Bus Reg Kp 40 Bus Reg Mode A 40 Bus Reg Mode B 40 Commanded Speed 21 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Control Status 27 Control SW Ver
154. drive will shut down independent of drive software operation and be put into a fault condition that will require a fault reset before the drive can be restarted Hardware Digital Input 6 must be configured as a Hardware Enable This is accomplished by removing Jumper J10 from the Main Control Board in the I O Control Cassette Refer to the instructions in the I O wiring section of the Installation Instructions Firmware e The functionality of Digital Input 5 is determined by parameter 365 Digital In5 Sel Ifa different digital input x is selected refer to the corresponding Digital In x Sel parameter This parameter must be set to a value of 3 to configure this input as an Aux Fault When this digital input is opened the drive will immediately shut down in a fault condition and require a fault reset before the drive can be restarted e Opening Digital Input 6 when configured as a Hardware Enable will interrupt IGBT gate firing directly Additionally Digital Input 6 will put the drive into a normal not enabled shutdown condition It is configured by parameter 366 Digital In6 Sel This parameter must be set to a value of 1 to configure this input as an Enable When Digital Input 6 is opened the gate firing will be interrupted and the drive will go into a not enabled shutdown condition Because the additional digital Input typically Digital Input 5 must be wired to open simultaneously
155. e parameter 611 This allows for slower operation of a lift which provides an operator with better resolution when positioning a load Micro Position is activated only when the drive is running at or near zero speed This can be initiated by a digital input configured as Micro Pos or through a communication device TorqProve Setup which is the same digital input which signals the float condition To allow the Micro Position digital input to change the speed command while the drive is running enter a 1 in Parameter 600 Bit 2 MicroPosSel A 0 will require drive to reach zero speed for micro position speed to become active Fast Stop Fast Stop is intended to stop the load as fast as possible then set the mechanical brake The Fast Stop can be initiated from a digital input or through a communication device through TorqProve Setup The difference from a normal stop is that the decel time is forced to be 0 1 seconds When the Torque Proving function is enabled the Float time is ignored at the end of the ramp This feature can be used without enabling the Torque Proving function The PowerFlex 700 includes digital input selections for decel and end limit switches These can be used for applications that use limit switches for decelerating near the end of travel and then stopping at the end position The end limit switch can also be used for end limit stops as many hoists require These inputs can be used with or without TorgPr
156. e 146 Accel Time 2 141 ecel Time 2 143 Load Limits Current Lmt Sel 147 Current Lmt Val 148 Stop Brake Modes Stop BrkModeA 155 C Brk Lvl Sel 157 Bus Reg Mode A 161 Stop BrkModeB 156 C Brake Level 158 Bus Reg Mode B 162 C Brake Time 159 DB Resistor Type 163 estart Modes Start At PowerUp 168 Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Auto Rstrt Delay 175 ower Loss PowerLossMode 184 ower Loss Time 185 Power Loss Level 186 irection Config Direction Mode 190 rive Memory Param Access Lvl 196 Load Frm Usr Set 198 Language 201 Reset To Defalts 197 Save To User Set 199 iagnostics Start Inhibits 214 Dig In Status 216 Dig Out Status 217 Faults Fault Config 1 238 Alarms Alarm Config 1 259 Analog Inputs Anlg In Config 320 Analog In2 Hi 325 Analog In1 Hi 322 Analog In2 Lo 326 Analog In1 Lo 323 Analog Outputs Analog Out1 2Sel 342 Analog Qut1 2Lo 344 Analog Out2 Hi 346 Analog Out Hi 343 Analog Out1 2 Sel 345 Analog Out1 2Lo 347 Digital Inputs Digital In1 6 Sel 361 366 Digital Outputs Digital Out1 3 Sel 380 388 Dig Out1 3 Level 381 389 These parameters will only be displayed when parameter 053 Motor Cntl Sel is set to option 2 or 3 These parameters will only be displayed when parameter 053 Motor Cntl Sel is set to option 4 5 xFirmware version 6 002 and later Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Advanced Parameter View Programming and Parameters Parameter 196 Param Access Lvl set to option 1 Advanced Chapter 1
157. e Data 22 40 Motor Type Motor Data 23 4 Motor NP Volts Motor Data B 42 Motor NP FLA Motor Data 23 4B Motor NP Hertz Motor Data z 44 Motor NP RPM Motor Data 2 45 Motor NP Power Motor Data 23 46 Mtr NP Pwr Units Motor Data 2 47 Motor OL Hertz Motor Data 23 48 Motor OL Factor Motor Data 23 49 Motor Poles Motor Data 2B 50 Motor OL Mode Motor Data 23 53 Motor Cntl Sel Torq Attributes 24 54 Maximum Voltage Torq Attributes 24 55 Maximum Freq Torq Attributes 24 56 Compensation Torq Attributes 24 57 lux Up Mode Torq Attributes 25 58 lux Up Time Torq Attributes 25 59 SV Boost Filter Torq Attributes 25 61 Autotune Torq Attributes 25 62 R Voltage Drop Torq Attributes 25 63 lux Current Ref Torq Attributes 25 64 xo Voltage Drop Torq Attributes 26 66 Autotune Torque Torq Attributes 26 67 nertia Autotune Torq Attributes 26 69 Start Acc Boost Volts per Hertz 21 70 un Boost Volts per Hertz 27 71 Break Voltage Volts per Hertz it 72 Break Frequency Volts per Hertz it 79 Speed Units Spd Mode amp Limits 29 80 Feedback Select Spd Mode amp Limits 29 81 Minimum Speed Spd Mode amp Limits 29 82 Maximum Speed Spd Mode amp Limits 29 83 Overspeed Limit Spd Mode amp Limits 29 84 86 Skip Frequency 1 3 Spd Mode amp Limits 30 87 Skip Freq Band Spd Mode amp Limits 30 88 Speed Torque Mod Spd Mode amp Limits 30 90 93 Speed Ref X Sel Speed Reference 31 91 94 Speed Ref X Hi Speed Reference sal 92 95 Speed Ref X Lo Speed Reference 31 96 TB Man Ref S
158. e Level Units 0 001 mA 0 001 Volts Sleep Time Default 0 0 Secs Defines the amount of time at or below Sleep Min Max 0 0 1000 0 Secs Level before a Stop is issued Units 0 1 Secs Gnd Warn Level Default 3 0 Amps Sets the level at which a ground warning fault Min Max 1 0 5 0 Amps will occur Configure with Alarm Config 1 Units 0 1 Amps Power Loss Mode Default 0 Coast Sets the reaction to a loss of input power Power Options 0 Coast loss is recognized when 1 Decel DC bus voltage is lt 73 of DC Bus Memory 2 Continue and Power Loss Mode is set to Coast 3 Coast Input DCbus voltage is lt 82 of DC Bus Memory 4 Decel Input and Power Loss Mode is set to Decel 5 Decel 2 Stop EME Power Loss Time Default 0 5 Secs Sets the time that the drive will remain in power Min Max 0 0 60 0 Secs loss mode before a fault is issued Units 0 1 Secs Power Loss Level Default Drive Rated Volts Sets the level at which the Power Loss Mode Min Max 0 0 999 9 VDC selection will occur Units 0 1 VDC The drive can use the percentages referenced in Power Loss Mode or a trigger point can be set for line loss detection as follows Vtrigger DC Bus Memory Power Loss Level A digital input programmed to 29 Pwr Loss Lvl is used to toggle between fixed percentages and the detection level ATTENTION Drive damage can occur if proper input
159. e Level 42 Wake Time 42 Waking Alarm 93 Web Sites see WWW World Wide Web Write Mask Cfg 58 WWW World Wide Web 9 Z Zero SpdFloatTime 67 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Index 167 Index Notes 168 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Rockwell Automation Support Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At http www rockwellautomation com support you can find technical manuals technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make the best use of these tools You can also visit our Knowledgebase at http www rockwellautomation com knowledgebase for FAQs technical information support chat and forums software updates and to sign up for product notification updates For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit http www rockwellautomation com support Installation Assistance If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manual You can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running United States or Canada 1 440
160. e frequency AC drives and associated machinery should plan or implement the installation start up and subsequent maintenance of the system Failure to comply may result in personal injury and or equipment damage ATTENTION To avoid an electric shock hazard verify that the voltage on the bus capacitors has discharged before performing any work on the drive Measure the DC bus voltage at the DC amp DC terminals of the Power Terminal Block refer to the Installation Instructions for location The voltage must be zero ATTENTION Risk of injury or equipment damage exists DPI or SCANport host products must not be directly connected together via 1202 cables Unpredictable behavior can result if two or more devices are connected in this manner ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed bypass system can result in component damage or reduction in product life The most common causes are e Wiring AC line to drive output or control terminals e Improper bypass or output circuits not approved by Allen Bradley e Output circuits which do not connect directly to the motor Contact Allen Bradley for assistance with application or wiring ATTENTION Loss of control in suspended load applications can cause personal injury and or equipment damage Loads must always be controlled by the drive or a mechanical brake Parameters 600 611 are designed for lifting torque proving applications It is the responsibility of the engineer and or end user
161. e is indicating a fault The LCD HIM immediately reports the fault condition by displaying the following F gt Faulted auto Manually Clearing Faults e Faulted appears in the status line Fault number Fault name e Time that has passed since fault occurred Press the key to regain HIM control Fault F OverVoltage Time Since Fault 0000 23 52 Drive is indicating an alarm The LCD HIM immediately reports the alarm condition by displaying the following e Alarm name Type 2 alarms only Alarm bell graphic Step 1 Press the amp key to acknowledge the fault The fault information will be removed so that you can use the HIM 2 Address the condition that caused the fault The cause must be corrected before the fault can be cleared Hz Main Menu Diagnostics Parameter Device Select 3 After corrective action has been taken clear the fault using one of these methods Press the P Stop key Cycle drive power Set parameter 240 Fault Clear to 1 Clear Faults on the HIM Diagnostic menu Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 85 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Fault Descriptions 86 Table 2 Fault Types Descriptions and Actions Fault Analog In Loss Anlg Cal Chksum Auto Rstrt Tries AutoTune Aborted Auxiliary Input Cntl Bd Overtemp DB Resistance Decel Inhibit
162. e of the Speed Ref B Sel Min Max Maximum Speed 090 selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 093 0 01 RPM Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 31 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters No Speed References 097 z bad a kii oe a n 098 099 100 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions TB Man Ref Sel Default Analog In 1 Sets the manual speed reference source whena Qptions 1 Analog In 1 digital input parameter 361 366 is 2 Analog In 2 configured for Auto Manual or Manual Auto 3 8 Reserved v7 002 amp later 9 MOP Level Analog In 2 is not a valid selection if it was 10 17 Reserved selected for any of the following 18 DPI Port 1 2 Trim In Select u n 2 PI Feedback Sel 1 DR PONA PI Reference Sel 20 DPI Port 3 Current Lmt Sel Sleep Wake Ref Requires a Series B HIM with firmware v5 004 or greater Selects the HIM to provide the manual speed reference when a digital input is configured for Auto Manual or Manual Auto Additionally if Man Ref Preload parameter 193 is set to Enabled the automatic speed reference will be preloaded into the HIM when the drive switches to Manual mode from Automatic mode or to Automatic mode from Manual mode Set Save HIM Ref parameter 192 b
163. e sum of the torque reference and the torque generated from the speed regulator Absolute Min 6 selects the smallest absolute algebraic value to regulate to when the torque reference and torque generated from the speed regulator are compared Pos Spd Prof 7 drive operates as a speed or position regulator as determined by the Profile Step parameters 720 877 and Setup parameters 705 719 A ATTENTION The speed of the drive could reach Maximum Speed Overspeed Limit to meet required torque when any of the torque modes have been selected Equipment damage and or personal injury may result Rev Speed Limit Default 0 0RPM Sets a limit on speed in the negative direction Min Max Max Speed 0 0 Hz when in FVC Vector mode Used in bipolar mode Max Speed 0 0 RPM only A value of zero disables this parameter and Units 0 0 Hz uses Maximum Speed for reverse speed limit 0 0 RPM Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related ico gt A ico wal ico fon ea tes Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values 3 v 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 Liv Z Speed Ref A Sel Default 2 Analog In 2 Selects the source of the speed reference tothe Options 1 Analog In 1 al drive unless Speed Ref B Sel or Preset Speed 1 2 Analog In 2 7 is selected 3 6 R
164. earbox Sheave 381 389 Dig OutX Level 644 Gearbox Ratio 382 390 Dig OutX OnTime 645 Motor Sheave 383 391 Dig OutX OffTime 647 DB Resistor 419 Notch FilterFreq 648 Gearbox Limit 420 Notch Filter K 652 Adj Volt Ref Hi 428 Torque Ref A Hi 653 Adj Volt Ref Lo 429 Torque Ref A Lo 654 660 Adj Volt PresetX 430 Torq Ref A Div 661 Min Adj Voltage 432 Torque Ref B Hi 663 MOP Adj VoltRate 433 Torque Ref B Lo 670 Adj Volt Trim Hi 434 Torq Ref B Mult 671 Adj Volt Trim Lo 435 Torque Setpoint1 672 Adj Volt Trim 436 Pos Torque Limit 675 Adj Volt AccTime 437 Neg Torque Limit 676 Adj Volt DecTime 438 Torque Setpoint2 677 Adj Volt S Curve 445 Ki Speed Loop 702 Home Position 446 Kp Speed Loop 707 Encoder Pos Tol 447 Kf Speed Loop 711 Vel Override 448 Spd Err Filt BW 713 Find Home Speed 449 Speed Desired BW 714 Find Home Ramp 450 Total Inertia 718 Pos Reg Filter 459 PI Deriv Time 719 Pos Reg Gain 460 PI Reference Hi 721 871 Step X Velocity 461 PI Reference Lo 722 872 _ Step X AccelTime 462 PI Feedback Hi 723 873 Step X DecelTime 463 PI Feedback Lo 724 874 Step X Value 464 PI Output Gain 725 875 Step X Dwell 494 ScaleX In Value 726 876 Step X Batch 495 ScaleX In Hi 727 877 Step X Next 496 ScaleX In Lo 497 ScaleX Out Hi 498 ScaleX Out Lo 602 Spd Dev Band 603 SpdBand Integrat 604 Brk Release Time 605 ZeroSpdFloatTime 606 Float Tolerance 607 Brk Set Time Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Adjus
165. eater than or equal to the low value of the band skip minus 1 2 band the drive will set the output frequency to the low value of the band See B in Figure 21 Acceleration and deceleration are not affected by the skip frequencies Normal accel decel will proceed through the band once the commanded frequency is greater than the skip frequency See A amp B in Figure 21 This function affects only continuous operation within the band Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 141 AppendixC Application Notes Sleep Wake Mode 142 Skip Frequency Examples The skip frequency will have hysteresis so the output does not toggle between high and low values Three distinct bands can be programmed If none of the skip bands touch or overlap each band has its own high low limit Max Frequency Skip Frequency 1 Skip Band 1 e e e e m Skip Frequency 2 Skip Band 2 0 Hz If skip bands overlap or touch the center frequency is recalculated based on the highest and lowest band values 400 Hz e e e e e e EE Skip Frequency 1 Skip Band Skip Frequency 2 w Recalculated PEA aad RE E cn ag a it Skip Frequency e ee e 0 Hz If a skip band s extend beyond the max frequency limits the highest band value will be clamped at the max frequency limit The center frequency is recalculated based on the highest and lowest band values 400 Hz Max Frequency Sanari
166. eg Torque Limit Defines the torque limit for the negative torque reference value The reference will not be allowed to exceed this value Torque Setpoint2 Provides an internal fixed value for Torque Setpoint when Torque Ref x Sel is set to Torque Setpt 2 Control Status Displays a summary status of any condition that m limiting either the current or the torque reference Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units ay be Lol Sho fee K SSIES S S S SSIS S RIS SS GSES ofolololojolololololojo olojolo pls 413 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 YL Bit Seki ls OTIS x x x xix x x x x x xj o0jojojojo E pP b1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 Bit Mtr Tor Cur Ref Default Displays the torque current reference value that Min Max is present at the output of the current rate limiter Units parameter 154 Start Acc Boost Default Sets the voltage boost level for starting and Min Max acceleration when Custom V Hz mode is Units selected Refer to parameter 083 Overspeed Limit Run Boost Default Sets the boost level for steady state or Min Max deceleration when Fan Pmp V Hz or Custom Units V Hz modes are selected See parameter 083 Overspeed Limit Break Voltage Default Sets the voltage
167. el Speed Reference 32 97 TB Man Ref Hi Speed Reference 32 98 TB Man Ref Lo Speed Reference 32 99 Pulse Input Ref Speed Reference 32 100 Jog Speed 1 Discrete Speeds 32 101 107 Preset Speed 1 7 Discrete Speeds 32 108 Jog Speed 2 Discrete Speeds 22 116 Trim Setpoint Speed Trim 33 117 Trim In Select Speed Trim 35 118 Trim Out Select Speed Trim 33 119 Trim Hi Speed Trim 33 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Number Parameter Name Group Page 120 Trim Lo Speed Trim 33 121 Slip RPM FLA Slip Comp 34 122 Slip Comp Gain Slip Comp 34 123 Slip RPM Meter Slip Comp 34 124 Configuration rocess PI 34 125 Control Process PI 34 126 eference Sel rocess PI 35 127 Setpoint rocess PI 35 128 PI Feedback Sel Process PI 5 129 ntegral Time Process PI 35 130 rop Gain rocess PI 35 131 Lower Limit Process PI 35 132 Upper Limit Process PI 36 133 reload rocess PI 36 134 Status Process PI 36 135 PI Ref Meter rocess PI 36 136 Fdback Meter Process PI 36 137 Error Meter rocess PI 36 138 Output Meter rocess PI 36 139 BW Filter Process P 36 140 141 Accel Time X amp Rates 38 142 143 Decel Time X amp Rates 38 145 B While Stopped Stop Brake Modes 39 146 S Curve Ramp Rates 38 147 Current Lmt Sel Load Limits 38 148 Current Lmt Val Load Limits 38 149 Current Lmt Gain Load Limits 38 150 Drive OL Mode Load Limits 38 151 PWM Frequency Load Limits 38 152 Droop RPM FLA Load Limits 38 153 Regen Power Limit Load Limits 39
168. ell Pump 69 641 OilWell Pump Sel Oil Well Pump 69 642 Gearbox Rating Oil Well Pump 69 643 Gearbox Sheave Oil Well Pump 69 644 Gearbox Ratio Oil Well Pump 69 645 Motor Sheave Oil Well Pump 69 646 Total Gear Ratio Oil Well Pump 69 647 DB Resistor Oil Well Pump 69 648 Gearbox Limit Oil Well Pump 20 650 Adj Volt Phase Adjust Voltage 70 651 Adj Volt Select Adjust Voltage 720 652 Adj Volt Ref Hi Adjust Voltage 70 653 Adj Volt Ref Lo Adjust Voltage 70 654 660 Adj Volt Preset1 7 Adjust Voltage 70 661 Min Adj Voltage Adjust Voltage 70 662 Adj Volt Command Adjust Voltage 20 663 MOP Adj VoltRate Adjust Voltage 70 669 Adj Volt TrimSel Adjust Voltage 70 670 Adj Volt Trim Hi Adjust Voltage fal 671 Adj Volt Trim Lo Adjust Voltage 71 672 Adj Volt Trim Adjust Voltage 71 675 Adj Volt AccTime Adjust Voltage 71 676 Adj Volt DecTime Adjust Voltage 71 677 Adj Volt S Curve Adjust Voltage 71 B 2 2 2 R 708 Counts Per Unit ProfSetup Status 22 711 Vel Override ProfSetup Status 2 713 ind Home Speed ProfSetup Status B 714 ind Home Ramp ProfSetup Status B 718 os Reg Filter ProfSetup Status B 719 os Reg Gain ProfSetup Status B 720 Step x Type Profile Setup B 721 Step x Velocity Profile Setup 74 722 Step x AccelTime Profile Setup 74 723 Step x DecelTime Profile Setup 74 724 Step x Value Profile Setup B 75 Step x Dwell Profile Setup Z 726 Step x Batch Profile Setup 76 727 Step x Next Profile Setup 76 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN
169. ement 1 Decrement fore a 1 Start condition will start the drive The Start command acts as a momentary is programmed for 2 Wire Control option 7 8 or 9 3 This Reference Select will not function if a digital input parameters 361 366 is programmed for Speed Sel 1 2 or 3 option 15 16 or 17 When using the Logic Command Word for the Speed Reference Selection always set bit 12 13 or 14 to 1 Note that Reference Selection is Exclusive Ownership see Reference Owner on page 57 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 103 Appendix A 104 Supplemental Drive Information Table 19 Logic Status Word Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Status Description Ready 0 Not Ready 1 Ready xX Active 0 Not Active 1 Active X Command 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward xX Actual 0 Reverse Direction 1 Forward xX Accel 0 Not Accelerating 1 Accelerating X Decel 0 Not Decelerating 1 Decelerating X Alarm 0 No Alarm 1 Alarm X Fault 0 No Fault 1 Fault X At Speed 0 Not At Reference 1 At Reference x x x Local 000 Port 0 TB Control 001 Port 1 010 Port 2 011 Port 3 100 Port 4 101 Port 5 110 Reserved 111 No Local x x x x Reference 0000 Ref A Auto Source 0001 Ref B Auto 1 See Owners on page 57 for further information Rockwell Automation Pu
170. er loss unless the load is manually moved during power down conditions If this occurs simply reset the feature using the procedure above Figure 8 Limit Switch Operation y Stop Commanded Speed Normal Operating Speed Preset 1 Speed Slow this direction 1 only l Stop this direction Preset 1 Speed Slow Commanded Speed Normal Operating Speed only i 1 1 I f 1 l l l End Limit Decel Limit Decel Limit End Limit Switch Switch Switch Switch gt lt Minimum Speed Refer to Reverse Speed Limit on page 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 123 AppendixC Application Notes Motor Control Technology 124 Within the PowerFlex family there are several motor control technologies e Torque Producers e Torque Controllers e Speed Regulators Torque Producers Volts Hertz This technology follows a specific pattern of voltage and frequency output to the motor regardless of the motor being used The shape of the V Hz curve can be controlled a limited amount but once the shape is determined the drive output is fixed to those values Given the fixed values each motor will react based on its own speed torque characteristics This technology is good for basic centrifugal fan pump operation and for most multi motor applications Torque production is generally good Sensorless Vector This technology combines the basic Volts Hertz c
171. es the last torque for preload 1 uses TorqRef A if commanded direction is forward and TorgRef B for reverse Load SpdLim Enables drive to perform load calculation at base speed Drive will then limit operation above base speed depending on load NoEnclsBkSlp A 1 Disables the partial Brake Slip routine from the drive when encoderless is selected StoppedBkSlp Check for brake slip while stopped Test Brake Before releasing brake test for slip using Brake Test Torque Fast Stop Bk Immediately apply brake when a Fast Stop is initiated TorqProve Setup Allows control of specific torque proving functions through a communication device x SISS SENE xfxlxlx x x x x xl ele xfofololo 45 fralled pa RIES 0 ee Reed Bit Factory Default Bit Values Spd Dev Band Default 2 0 Hz Defines the allowable difference between the 60 0 RPM commanded frequency and encoder feedback Min Max 0 1 15 0 Hz value A fault will occur when the difference 3 0 450 0 RPM exceeds this value for a period of time Units 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM SpdBand Integrat Default 60 mSec Sets the amount of time before a fault is issued Min Max 1 200 mSec when Spd Dev Band is outside its threshold Units 1mSec Brk Release Time Default 0 10 Secs Sets the time between the brake release Min Max 0 00 10 00 Secs command and when the drive begins to Units 0 01 Secs accelerate In En
172. escription clarified 38 158 DC Brake Level Description clarified 39 270 DPI Baud Rate Description clarified 55 320 Anlg In Config Description clarified 59 324 327 Anlg In x Loss Description clarified 60 354 355 Anlg Outx Scale Description clarified 61 377 378 Anlgx Out Setpt Default values updated 61 361 366 Digital Inx Sel Option list updated for firmware 10 001 63 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Summary of Changes Notes 4 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Summary of Changes Preface Programming and Parameters Troubleshooting Table of Contents Important User Information 2 3442 2 4 sie ceewee eed 2 New and Updated Information 3752534250 c05i525022003 225 2ce bese 3 Manual Updates iienaa a e a e 3 Parameter Updates iesea e a N O E AE EEN 3 Who Should Use this Manual 4 lt i ssoecsee elroy ue ie taeisteeds 9 What Is Not in this Manual setae clr sues ea cee ee ne t utara comments 9 Manual Conventions y lt lt i vies seek cine vile eee cere ees 9 Additional Resourcetivtc socks never ie ene e aA cece ace 10 ATEX Approved Drives amp Motors secs e eens eens cence ees 10 Drive Frame Sizes eds osc oet aera tae heh ess eset een hence 10 General Precautions inini EE E reas Geet orga easel cual 11 Catalog Number Explanations ic ss 6 Aossssa ieee ceeninises 13 Chapter 1 About Parameteren a leu dike ea ere E E E a age 15 How
173. eserved a3 7 Pulse In i 1 See Appendix B for DPI port locations 8 Encoder 107 2 9 MOP Level aes If selected HIM manual control is not allowed r m 8 ane j 10 Reserved bai Minimum 64 PPR required 11 Preset Spd1 te 12 Preset Spd2 120 13 Preset Spd3 192 14 Preset Spd4 ne 15 Preset Spd5 194 16 Preset Spd6 17 Preset Spd7 an 18 DPIPort 1O 22 19 DPI Port 2 20 DPI Port a 361 21 DPI Port 4 Hg 22 DPI Ports 366 23 24 Reserved E 3 25 Scale Block1 ZE 26 Scale Block2 S E 27 Scale Block3 oe 28 Scale Block4 i 2 29 Reserved i 30 HighRes Ref 091 Speed Ref A Hi Default Maximum Speed 079 Scales the upper value of the Speed Ref A Sel Min Max Maximum Speed 082 selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 0 01 RPM 092 Speed Ref A Lo Default 0 0 079 Scales the lower value of the Speed Ref A Sel Min Max Maximum Speed 081 selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 0 01 RPM 093 Speed Ref B Sel Default 11 Preset Spd1 See See Speed Ref A Sell Options See Speed Ref A Sel 020 094 Speed Ref B Hi Default Maximum Speed 079 Scales the upper value of the Speed Ref B Sel Min Max Maximum Speed 093 selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 0 01 RPM 095 Speed Ref B Lo Default 0 0 079 Scales the lower valu
174. estart Modes 41 Marker Pulse 421 Speed Feedback 28 reset Speed 1 7 101 107 Discrete Speeds 32 Maximum Freq 55 Torq Attributes 24 TC HW Value 18 Metering 22 Maximum Speed 82 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 ulse In Scale 422 Speed Feedback 28 Maximum Voltage 54 Torq Attributes 24 ulse Input Ref 99 Speed Reference a2 Max Rod Speed 640 Oil Well Pump 69 WM Frequency 151 Load Limits 38 Max Rod Torque 638 Oil Well Pump 69 amped Speed 22 Metering ae MicroPos Scale 611 Torq Proving 68 ated Amps 28 Drive Data 22 Min Adj Voltage 661 Adjust Voltage 70 ated kW 26 Drive Data 22 Minimum Speed 81 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 ated Volts 27 Drive Data 22 Min Rod Speed 639 Oil Well Pump 69 eference Mask 280 Masks amp Owners 56 MOP Adj VoltRate 663 Adjust Voltage 70 eference Owner 292 Masks amp Owners 57 MOP Mask 284 Masks amp Owners 57 egen Power Limit 153 Load Limits 39 MOP Owner 296 Masks amp Owners 57 eset Meters 200 Drive Memory 45 MOP Rate 195 MOP Config 45 eset To Defalts 197 Drive Memory 45 MOP Reference 11 Metering 21 ev Speed Limit 454 Speed Regulator 30 Motor Cntl Sel 53 Torq Attributes 24 od Load Torque 631 Oil Well Pump 68 Motor Fdbk Type 412 Speed Feedback 27 un Boost 70 Volts per Hertz red Motor NP FLA 42 Motor Data 2B S Curve 146 Ramp Rates 38 Motor NP Hertz 43 Motor Data 23 Save HIM Ref 192 HIM Ref Config 44 Motor NP Power 45 Motor Data 23 Save MOP Ref 194 MOP Config 45 Motor NP RPM 44 Motor Data 23 Save To User Set 199 Drive Memory 45 Motor NP Volts 4
175. f test contacts are closed Assure all control connections are properly made to the drive Reapply power to the drive including external control power if supplied 154 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group Il Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Appendix D Test 6 Perform any necessary parameter adjustments and start the drive Confirm that the drive stops and starts normally then start and slowly accelerate the motor Open Digital Input 6 The drive should stop and the motor coast to rest The HIM OIM should indicate that the drive is Not Enabled Close Digital Input 6 The drive should not start but the HIM OIM should indicate that the drive is Stopped Important The drive should not start when closing Digital Input 6 even if a maintained 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 start command is present and had not been removed when the drive stopped Provide the command to restart the drive In the case of a maintained start remove and reapply the start command In either case the drive should run normally With the motor running open Digital Input 5 The drive should stop and the motor coast to rest The HIM OIM should indicate that the drive is in an Auxiliary Input fault condition Close Digital Input 5 The drive should not start and the HIM OIM will continue to indicate
176. function whose value is displayed Units value in Testpoint x Data These are internal values that are not accessible through parameters See Testpoint Codes and Functions on page 96 for a listing of available codes and functions Testpoint 1 Data Default Testpoint 2 Data Testp Min Max The present value of the function selected in Units Testpoint x Sel Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Read Only Condition True Condition False Reserved Condition True Condition False Reserved Read Only Condition True Condition False Reserved Condition True Condition False Reserved 499 0 65535 1 Read Only 2147483648 1 Chapter 1 Related _ Ino N gt N Raa i N lanai N MN N gt N Ww o io 51 Chapter 1 52 Programming and Parameters Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions 238 Fault Config 1 Enables disables annunciation of the listed faults OQ N Q KS S O Y Y MS HAZILI UAS IIS KISS IIIS SE x xlolololxlolololilololilililo a5 e pa 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 0 Reserved Bit Factory Default Bit Values VDS S SS x ix x x x x x x x x x xix 1 1 1 C en p130 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17
177. g and Parameters File Group o 087 088 SPEED COMMAND Spd Mode amp Limits Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Skip Frequency 1 Default 0 0 Hz Skip Frequency 2 Default 0 0 Hz Skip Frequency 3 Default 0 0 Hz Sets a frequency at which the drive will not Min Max Maximum Speed operate Units 0 1 Hz Skip Freq Band Default 0 0 Hz Determines the bandwidth around a skip Min Max 0 0 30 0 Hz frequency Skip Freq Band is split applying 1 2 Units 0 1 Hz above and 1 2 below the actual skip frequency The same bandwidth applies to all skip frequencies Speed Torque Mod Default 1 Speed Reg Selects the torque reference source Options 0 Zero Torque i N 1 Speed Reg Zero Torque 0 torque command 0 2 Torque Reg Speed Reg 1 drive operates as a speed 3 Min Torq Spd regulator 4 Max Torq Spd 5 Sum Torq Spd Torque Reg 2 an external torque reference is 6 Absolute Min used for the torque command 7 Pos Spd Prof Min Torg Spd 3 selects the smallest algebraic value to regulate to when the torque reference and torque generated from the speed regulator are compared Max Torq Spd 4 selects the largest algebraic value when the torque reference and the torque generated from the speed regulator are compared Sum Torq Spd 5 selects th
178. gramming and Parameters Group No 413 414 415 416 419 420 2k s BE E v w Ko c Ss ke mE g o 2 a gt E7 423 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Encoder PPR Contains the encoder pulses per revolution For improved operation in FVC Vector mode PPR should be gt 64 x motor poles Enc Position Fdbk Displays raw encoder pulse count For single channel encoders this count will increase per rev by the amount in Encoder PPR For quadrature encoders this count will increase by 4 times the amount defined in Encoder PPR A power cycle is required to reset this value Encoder Speed Provides a monitoring point that reflects speed as seen from the feedback device Fdbk Filter Sel Selects the type of feedback filter desired Light uses a 35 49 radian feedback filter Heavy uses a 20 40 radian feedback filter Notch FilterFreq Sets the center frequency for an optional 2 pole notch filter Filter is applied to the torque command 0 disables this filter Notch Filter K Sets the gain for the 2 pole notch filter Marker Pulse Latches the raw encoder count at each marker pulse Pulse In Scale Sets the scale factor gain for the Pulse Input when P423 is set to Pulse Input Calculate for the desired speed command as follows for Hz Pulse In Scale Input Pulse Rate Hz Desired Cmd Hz for
179. gulation w Feedback 2 2500 rad sec bandwidth Selectable Motor Control Sensorless Vector with full tuning Standard V Hz with full custom capability PF700 adds Vector Control Stop Modes Multiple programmable stop modes including Ramp Coast DC Brake Ramp to Hold and S curve Accel Decel Two independently programmable accel and decel times Each time may be programmed from 0 3600 seconds in 0 1 second increments Intermittent Overload 110 Overload capability for up to 1 minute 150 Overload capability for up to 3 seconds Current Limit Capability Proactive Current Limit programmable from 20 160 of rated output current Independently programmable proportional amp integral gain Motor Overload Protection Frames 0 6 Standard Control Frames 0 6 Vector Control Frames 7 10 Vector Control PowerFlex 700 drives with standard control identified by an N A or Bin position 15 of the catalog number only provide Class 10 motor overload protection according to NEC article 430 They do not provide speed sensitive overload protection thermal memory retention and motor over temperature sensing according to NEC article 430 126 A 2 If such protection is needed in the end use product it must be provided by additional means PowerFlex 700 drives with vector control identified by a C or D in position 15 of the catalog number provide class 10 motor overload protection according
180. h time the profile indexer is enabled the drive requires a home position to be detected The following options are available e Homing to Marker Pulse with Encoder Feedback When Find Home is commanded the homing routine is run when a start command is issued The Homing bit 11 in Profile Status will be set while the homing routine is running The drive will ramp to the speed and direction set in Find Home Speed parameter 713 at the rate set in Find Home Ramp parameter 714 until the digital input defined as Home Limit is activated The drive will then ramp to zero and then back up to first marker pulse prior to the Home Limit switch at 1 10 the Find Home Speed When on the marker pulse the At Home bit 13 is set in Profile Status and the drive is stopped Figure 10 shows the sequence of operation for homing to a marker pulse Encoder Z Chan parameter 423 must be set to Marker Input or Marker Check for this type of homing Figure 10 Homing to Marker 250 30 Homing 200 At Home 25 3 150 G 20 o 2 Ea gt 100 3 15 3 amp 50 5 3 10 D 2 Ei G 0 2 7 12 17 22 27 32 37 42 50 j Start Command Home Limit Input 100 Find Home Command 0 Encoder Speed 415 Profile Status 700 Units Traveled 701 Dig In Status 216 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 A
181. he fundamental voltage component Output Voltage Output voltage present at terminals T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Output Power Output power present at T1 T2 amp T3 U V amp W Output Power SQRT 3 x Output Voltage x Output Current x Output Powr Fctr Output Powr Fctr Output Power Factor ABS SIN Commanded Voltage Vector Angle Measured Current Vector Angle Elapsed MWh Accumulated output energy of the drive Elapsed Run Time Accumulated time drive is outputting power MOP Reference Value of the signal at MOP Motor Operated Potentiometer DC Bus Voltage Present DC bus voltage level DC Bus Memory 6 minute average of DC bus voltage level Elapsed kWh Accumulated output energy of the drive Analog In1 Value Analog In2 Value Value of the signal at the analog inputs Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Read Only Maximu
182. he MOP reference in response to a digital input Param Access Lvl Selects the parameter display level viewable on the HIM e Basic Reduced parameter set e Advanced Full parameter set e Reserved Full parameter set and Engineering parameters refer to the PowerFlex Reference Manual This parameter is not reset when Reset to Defaults is selected Reset To Defalts Resets parameters to factory defaults except Mtr NP Pwr Units Speed Units Param Access Lvl Language Voltage Class amp TorqProve Cnfg params 46 79 196 201 202 amp 600 Option 1 resets parameters to factory defaults based on Voltage Class Options 2 amp 3 will set Voltage Class to low or high and reset parameters to corresponding factory defaults Important Frames 5 amp 6 the internal fan voltage may have to be changed when using Option 2 or 3 See Selecting Verifying Fan Voltage in the Installation Instructions publication 20B IN0019 Load Frm Usr Set Loads a previously saved set of parameter values from a selected user set location in drive nonvolatile memory to active drive memory Save To User Set Saves the parameter values in active drive memory to a user set in drive nonvolatile memory Reset Meters Resets selected meters to zero Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Options Default
183. his phase Excessive current has been detected between these two output terminals DPI port stopped communicating A SCANport device was connected to a drive operating DPI devices at 500k baud The communications card has a fault EEPROM data is corrupt on drive power up DC bus voltage remained below 85 of nominal for longer than Power Loss Time Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 52 One or more of the output transistors were operating in the active region instead of desaturation This can be caused by excessive transistor current or insufficient base drive voltage Z Channel is selected as a pulse input and no signal is present Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Action Check the drive and motor wiring Check for phase to phase continuity at the motor terminals Check for disconnected motor leads Remove excessive load or overhauling conditions or increase Overspeed Limit Monitor the AC line for high line voltage or transient conditions Bus overvoltage can also be caused by motor regeneration Extend the decel time or install dynamic brake option 1 Restore defaults 2 Reload User Set if used 1 Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive 2 Program the drive parameters as needed 1 Check the wiring between the drive and motor 2 Check motor for grounded phase 3 Replace drive 1 Check the motor and drive output terminal wiring for a shorted
184. iegem Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Supersedes Publication 20B UM002E EN P August 2011 Copyright 2013 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the U S A
185. igital Input 100 0 5 0 5 6 00 0 00 1 5 5 Param Level 50 0 5 0 5 701 0 00 1 6 6 End N A N A 0 5 N A 0 00 N A N A Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 135 Appendix C Application Notes 136 Example 3 Five Step Positioner with Incremental Encoder The first three steps of this indexer are Encoder Incr steps followed by an Encoder Abs step to zero and then an End Hold Position step For each Encoder Incr step the drive ramps at Step x AccelTime to Step x Velocity in the direction of the sign of Step xValue It then decelerates at the rate of Step x DecelTime to the position programmed in Step x Value which sets the desired units of travel for the step When the value programmed in Step x Value is reached within the tolerance window programmed in Encoder Pos Tol the At Position bit is set in Profile Status In this example a dwell value held each of the first three steps At Position for 1 second After the Step x Dwell time expires the profile transitions to the next step The absolute step is used to send the profile back to the home position This is accomplished by programming Step 4 Value to zero Figure 15 Encoder Incremental w Dwell Example 350 30 Complete pajares spun N Profile Status a 90 At Position i 3
186. ill be set i Excl Link Links digital input to a digital output if the output is set to Input 1 6 Link This does 361 not need to be selected in the Vector option Find Home Starts the commissioning procedure when a start command is issued to automatically position the motor to a home position established by a limit switch Hold Step Inhibits profile from transitioning to next step when active Home Limit This input is used for the home position Input 1 6 Link When Digital Output 1 is set to one of these i e Input 3 Link in conjunction with 380 Digital Input 3 set to Excl Link the Digital Input 3 state on off is echoed in the Digital Output 1 Micro Pos Micropostion input When closed the command frequency is set to a percentage speed 361 reference as defined in MicroPos Scale parameter 611 MOP Dec Decrements speed reference as long as input is closed 361 MOP Inc Increments speed reference as long as input is closed 361 MtrIrqCurRef Torque producing current reference 342 Param Cntl Parameter controlled analog output allows PLC to control analog outputs through data 342 links Set in AnlgX Out Setpt parameters 377 378 Param Cntl Parameter controlled digital output allows PLC to control digital outputs through data 380 links Set in Dig Out Setpt parameter 379 PI Reference Reference for PI block see Process PID on page 138 342 Pos Redefine Redefines the home position for the dri
187. ime required for the integral component to reach 100 of PI Error Meter Not functional when the PI Hold bit of PI Control 1 enabled PI Prop Gain Sets the value for the PI proportional component PI Error x PI Prop Gain PI Output PI Lower Limit Sets the lower limit of the PI output Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units PI Setpoint 0 0 PI Setpoint 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 3 6 Reserved 7 Pulse In 8 Encoder 9 MOP Level 10 Master Ref 11 17 Preset Spd1 7 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 23 24 Reserved 25 28 Scale Block 1 4 29 Preset1 7 Volt 36 Voltage Cmd 1 50 00 100 00 of Maximum Process Value 0 01 0 PI Setpoint 0 PI Setpoint 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 3 6 Reserved 7 Pulse In 8 Encoder 9 MOP Level 10 Master Ref 11 17 Preset Spd1 7 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 23 24 Reserved 25 28 Scale Block 1 4 29 Preset1 7 Volt 36 Voltage Cmd o 37 Output Power 0 38 Output cur 2 00 Secs 0 00 100 00 Secs 0 01 Secs 1 0 0 00 100 00 0 01 Maximum Freq 100
188. imes the drive attempts to reset a fault and restart Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 0 Disabled 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 4000 20 32767 1 0 9 ATTENTION Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if this parameter is used in an inappropriate application Do Not use this function without considering applicable local national and international codes standards regulations or industry guidelines Auto Rstrt Delay Sets the time between restart attempts when Auto Rstrt Tries is set to a value other than zero Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Default Min Max Units 1 0 Secs 0 5 10800 0 Secs 0 1 Secs Chapter 1 Related No ji 41 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters 42 Group File No Restart Modes 179 180 181 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Sleep Wake Mode Enables disables the Sleep Wake function Important When enabled the following conditions must be met e Aproper value must be programmed for Sleep Level amp Wake Level Aspeed reference must be selected in Speed Ref A Sel Atleast one of the following must be programmed and input closed in Digital Inx Sel Enable Stop CF Run Run Forward Run Reverse Values Default Options
189. ing and Parameters File Group 163 Stop Brake Modes 164 165 166 452 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Bus Reg Mode A Bus Reg Mode B Sets the method and sequence of the DC bus regulator voltage Choices are dynamic brake frequency adjust or both Sequence is determined by programming or digital input to the terminal block Dynamic Brake Setup If a dynamic brake resistor is connected to the drive both of these parameters must be set to either option 2 3 or 4 Refer to the Attention statement on page 12 for important information on bus regulation Values Default Options Adjust Freq Both Frq 1st Disabled Adjust Freq Dynamic Brak Both DB 1st Both Frq 1st BRWN oO FO ATTENTION The drive does not offer protection for externally mounted brake resistors A risk of fire exists if external braking resistors are not protected External resistor packages must be self protected from over temperature or the protective circuit shown in Figure 5 on page 115 or equivalent must be supplied DB Resistor Type Selects whether the internal or an external DB resistor will be used Important In Frame 0 2 drives only one DB resistor can be connected to the drive Connecting both an internal amp external resistor could cause damage If a dynamic brake resistor is connected to the drive Bus Reg Mo
190. injury and or equipment damage It is the responsibility of the engineer and or user to configure drive parameters test any lifting functionality and meet safety requirements in accordance with all applicable codes and standards If encoderless TorqProve is desired the user must certify the safety of the application To acknowledge that the end user has read this Attention and properly certified their encoderless application bit 8 TPEncdless of Compensation parameter 56 must be changed to a 1 This will disable Fault 28 See Manual and allow bit 1 of Parameter 600 to be changed to a 1 enabling encoderless TorqProve 116 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 TorqProve Manual Start Up Application Notes Appendix C It is possible to use the Assisted Start Up to tune the motor However it is recommended that the motor be disconnected from the hoist crane equipment during the routine If this is not possible refer to steps 1 through 12 on the following pages A ATTENTION To guard against personal injury and or equipment damage caused by unexpected brake release verify the Digital Out 1 brake connections and or programming The default drive configuration energizes the Digital Out 1 relay when power is applied to the drive The PowerFlex 700 drive will not control the mechanical brake until TorqProve is enabled If the brake is connected to this relay it could be released If necessa
191. ion details http www rockwellautomation com literature To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Allen Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales representative For detailed information on using ATEX approved drives and motors refer to Appendix D Similar PowerFlex 700 drive sizes are grouped into frame sizes to simplify spare parts ordering dimensioning etc A cross reference of drive catalog numbers and their respective frame size is provided in the Catalog Number Explanation on page 13 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 General Precautions gt BPP BBR D Preface ATTENTION This drive contains ESD Electrostatic Discharge sensitive parts and assemblies Static control precautions are required when installing testing servicing or repairing this assembly Component damage may result if ESD control procedures are not followed If you are not familiar with static control procedures reference A B publication 8000 4 5 2 Guarding Against Electrostatic Damage or any other applicable ESD protection handbook ATTENTION An incorrectly applied or installed drive can result in component damage or a reduction in product life Wiring or application errors such as undersizing the motor incorrect or inadequate AC supply or excessive ambient temperatures may result in malfunction of the system ATTENTION Only qualified personnel familiar with adjustabl
192. irection defined When this occurs the profile will transition to the next step after dwell and batch settings are satisfied It will then ramp to the programmed velocity without going to zero speed 130 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Encoder Incremental Blend EncincrBlend When started the drive will ramp to the desired velocity and hold speed until the units of travel programmed is reached within tolerance window The profile will then transition to the next step and the drive will ramp to the speed of the new step without first going to zero speed Encoder Incremental Blend with Hold This profile is the same as the previous but contains the Hold function While Hold is applied the step transition is inhibited When released the step can then transition if the conditions to transition are satisfied Parameter Level Param Level When started the drive will ramp to the desired velocity hold speed and compare the parameter value of the parameter number programmed in Step Value to the Step Dwell level The sign of the Step Value defines less than or greater than Step Dwell When true the profile will transition to the next step End The drive ramps to zero speed and stops the profile It clears the current step bits and sets the Complete bit 14 in Profile Status parameter 700 Position Regulated Step Types and Parameters Each
193. istor High duty cycles frequent stops or speed changes The other methods may result in 4 regenerative excessive motor heating vice connected Fast Additional braking capability without use of an external brake resistor or regenerative More than Flux Brake unit but only effective during stop events not speed changes Braking or DC Important For this feature to function properly the active Bus Reg Mode A or B must be set Brake to Adjust Freq and NOT be Disabled Flux In some applications Flux Braking can provide a method for fast speed changes or stops Itis More than DC Braking not suitable for high inertia loads or high duty cycle operation for applications greater than 1 Brake cycle per minute This feature supplies additional flux current to the motor and can cause motor thermistor or overvoltage faults in the drive Fast speed changes and fast stopping time e Typical stop from speeds below 50 of base speed Flux Braking will likely stop the load faster than Fast Brake in this case Important This can be used in conjunction with Ramp or Ramp to Hold for additional braking power or with Fast Brake or DC Brake for speed changes Important For this feature to function properly the active Bus Reg Mode A or B must be set to Adjust Freq and NOT be Disabled DC Additional braking capability without use of external brake resistor or regenerative units Less than above Brake
194. it 1 Manual Mode as desired Set TB Man Ref Sel to the desired drive reference when in Manual Mode If set to one of the DPI Ports then Man Ref Preload must be set to enable or disable reference preload of the current speed Connect a HIM to the DPI Port selected When Manual mode is requested through the terminal block digital input the drive evaluates if Manual mode can be granted If TB Man Ref Sel is set to a DPI Port and Man Ref Preload is enabled the drive transfers the last value of the automatic speed reference to the HIM The HIM is now the speed reference source The terminal block has exclusive control based on Save HIM Ref bit 1 Manual Mode If Man Ref Preload is disabled the HIM is now the speed reference source The terminal block has exclusive control based on Save HIM Ref bit 1 Manual Mode Important the HIM does not enter Manual mode it is only the reference source for the terminal block When Auto mode is requested through the terminal block the drive changes to Auto mode and returns control and reference to the previous state before Manual mode was requested TB Man Ref Hi Default Maximum Speed Scales the upper value of the TB Man Ref Sel Min Max Maximum Speed selection when the source is an analog input Units 0 1 Hz 0 01 RPM TB Man Ref Lo Default 0 0 Scales the lower value of the TB Man Ref Sel Min Max Maximum Speed selection when the source is an a
195. ive logic and Speed Ref x Sel e Start Command A command generated by pressing the Start button on the HIM closing a digital input programmed for Start Run Run Forward or Run Reverse Refer to Figure 22 Figure 22 Sleep Wake Mode Is Sleep Wake Working Have these conditions been met 1 Sleep Wake Ref must be set to the analog input that will control Start Stop functions i Meet all Conditions 2 Sleep Wake Mode must 1 Direct Enable or 2 Invert Enable 3 Sleep Level must be less than Wake Level in Direct mode or greater than Wake Level in Invert mode 4 Speed Ref x Sel must be set to a speed reference source that will control the drive If Sleep Wake Ref Speed Ref x Sel the same analog signal will control start stop and speed reference 5 Atleast one of the following must be programmed for Digital Inx Sel Not Stop Enable Start Run Run Forward Run Reverse Yes Is Required Input Closed No Stop Enable Run Close Input Yes Invert Which Mode is Selected Direct Invert or Direct Decrease Analog Input No Is Analog Signal Less Is Analog Signal Greater Increase Analog Input Signal and wait for a time than or equal to Wake Level than or equal to Wa
196. k Controls which adapters can select Accel Time 1 2 Decel Mask Controls which adapters can select Decel Time 1 2 Fault Clr Mask Controls which adapters can clear a fault 56 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 See Logic Mask See Logic Mask See Logic Mask See Logic Mask See Logic Mask See Logic Mask 297 IND ico ico NIN ico i ico Ino N N 6 e e ico 297 288 N ico 288 Ino KO N ico ico NN ico ico Pad e ie 297 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Parameter Name amp Description Values 2 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions 3 me O Z c MOP Mask Logic Mask Controls which adapters can issue MOP oe commands to the drive 297 285 Local Mask See Logic Mask 288 Controls which adapters are allowed to take oe exclusive control of drive logic commands except 297 stop Exclusive local control can only be taken while the drive is stopped 288 Stop Owner Read Only 276 Adapters that are presently issuing a valid stop command i SSIS SAA x x x x x x x x x x olo olo o 1 la suing eormang pls 43 nm 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 271 0 ey Reena Bit 289 Start Owner See Stop Owner 276 Adapters that are presently issuing a valid start ae command 285 290 Jog Ow
197. ke Level Signal and wait for a time period greater than or and for time period greater than and for time period greater than period greater than or equal to Wake Time or equal to Wake Time or equal to Wake Time equal to Wake Time Yes Yes Y Yes Did a Drive Was a Stop Issued No Reset Fault a Fault Occur _ or Power Cycled Consult Factory No Yes Run Run Forward Which Required Input Stop or Enable or Run Reverse was Chosen J Issue a Start Command Open amp Close Input HIM Network or TB No Drive Running Consult Factory Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 143 AppendixC Application Notes Start At PowerU p A powerup delay time of up to 30 seconds can be programmed through Powerup Delay parameter 167 After the time expires the drive will start if all of the start permissive conditions are met Before that time restart is not possible Start At PowerUp Y Powerup Delay No Time Expired Yes Y All Start Permissives Met 1 No fault conditions present 2 No Type 2 alarm conditions present No 3 The terminal block programmed enable input is closed 4 The Stop input from all sources is received T Yes Is the terminal block Run No Run Forward or Run Reverse Input Closed Yes Y Powerup Start Powerup Terminated Normal Mode Stop Mode The PowerFlex 700 offers several methods for
198. ke Slipped 6 IntDBRes OvrHeat 20 Bipolar Conflict 33 AdjVoltRef Cflct 8 Drive OL Level 1 21 Motor Type Cflct 34 Home Not Set 9 Drive OL Level 2 22 NP Hz Conflict 38 DPI Port1 Loss 10 Decel Inhibt 23 MaxFreq Conflict 39 DPI Port2 Loss 11 Waking 24 VHz Neg Slope 40 DPI Port3 Loss 12 Motor Thermistor 25 IR Volts Range 49 Torq Prove Cflct 13 In Phase Loss 26 FluxAmpsRef Rang 50 Prof Step Cfict 14 Load Loss 27 Speed Ref Cflct 52 PI Config Conflict 1 Alarm numbers not listed are reserved for future use 2 Firmware 6 002 and later only Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 93 Chapter2 Troubleshooting Common Symptoms Corrective Actions 94 Table 6 Drive does not Start from Start or Run Inputs wired to the terminal block Cause s Indication Drive is Faulted Flashing red status light Corrective Action Clear fault e Press Stop Cycle power Set Fault Clear to 1 see page 52 e Clear Faults on the HIM Diagnostic menu Incorrect input wiring Refer to the None Installation Instructions for wiring examples e 2wire control requires Run Run Forward Run Reverse or Jog input e 3 wire control requires Start and Stop inputs e Jumper from terminal 25 to 26 is required Wire inputs correctly and or install jumper Incorrect digital input None programming Program Digital Inx Sel for correct inputs page 63 Start or Run programming may be missing Mutu
199. l drive Frames 0 10 Drive installation and wiring information is not in this manual but can be found in the Installation Instructions for your drive Frames 0 6 publication 20B IN019 Frames 7 10 publication 20B IN014 Literature is available online at http Avww rockwellautomation com literature e In this manual we refer to the PowerFlex 700 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive as drive PowerFlex 700 or PowerFlex 700 Drive e To help differentiate parameter names and LCD display text from other text the following conventions will be used Parameter Names will appear in brackets For example DC Bus Voltage Display Text will appear in quotes For example Enabled e The following words are used throughout the manual to describe an action Word Meaning Word Meaning Can Possible able to do something Shall Required and necessary Cannot Not possible not able to do something Should Recommended May Permitted allowed Should Not Not recommended Must Unavoidable you must do this Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Preface Additional Resources ATEX Approved Drives amp Motors Drive Frame Sizes 10 These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation Resource PowerFlex 700 Standard Control User Manual publication 20B UM001 Description Provides detailed inform
200. le 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 0 0 32767 000 0 1 Scale 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 Read Only 32767 000 0 1 Scale 1 amp 2 0 001 Scale 3 amp 4 Communication File Group File No 271 COMMUNICATION Comm Control 272 273 274 275 298 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions DPI Baud Rate Sets the baud rate for attached drive peripherals When changing this value the drive must be reset for the change to take affect Use 125 kbps with cable lengths greater than 75 m 246 ft 500 kbps can be used for lengths less than 75 m 246 ft Drive Logic Rslt Programming and Parameters Default 1 500 kbps Options 0 125 kbps 1 500 kbps Read Only The final logic command resulting from the combination of all DPI and discrete inputs This parameter has the same structure as the product specific logic command received via DPI and is used in peer to peer communications 1 Condition True 0 Condition False x Reserved Bits Description 4 3 12 0 0 fO Last commanded speed source no command on powerup 0 0 1 Ref A Auto 0 1 0 Ref B Auto 0 1 1 Preset 3 Auto 1 0 0 Preset 4 Auto 1 0 1 Preset 5 Auto 1 1 0 Preset 6 Auto 1 1 1 Preset 7 Auto Drive Ref Rslt Default Read Only Present frequency reference scaled as a DPI
201. log Out1 Hi Value 006 Param 341 Signed Param 341 Absolute 012 0 Output Freq Maximum Speed 0 Hz Maximum Speed 135 1 Command Spd Maximum Speed 0 Hz RPM Maximum Speed pep 2 Output Amps 0 Amps 0 Amps 200 Rated 136 3 Torque Amps 200 Rated 0 Amps 200 Rated 137 4 Flux Amps 0 Amps 0 Amps 200 Rated 138 5 Output Power OkW OkW 200 Rated 6 Output Volts 0 Volts 0 Volts 120 Rated Input Volts 220 7 DC Bus Volts 0 Volts 0 Volts 200 Rated Input Volts 19 8 PI Reference 100 0 100 s 9 PI Feedback 100 0 100 10 PI Error 100 0 100 11 PI Output 100 0 100 12 Motor OL 0 0 100 13 96Drive OL 0 0 100 14 Commandedirg 800 Rated 0 800 Rated 15 MtrirqCurRef 200 Rated 0 200 Rated 16 Speed Ref Maximum Speed 0 Hz RPM Maximum Speed 7 Speed Fdbk Maximum Speed 0 Hz RPM Maximum Speed 18 Pulse In Ref 25200 0 RPM 0 Hz RPM Maximum Speed 19 Torque Est 800 0 800 7 20 23 Scale Block1 4 5 Fe 24 Param Cnt a f 25 SpdFb NoFilt 377 3 E D Refer to Option Definitions on page 62 378 G o 3 343 Analog Out1 Hi Default 20 000 mA 10 000 Volts 340 gt z Eg T 346 Analog Out2 Hi Min Max 0 000 20 000mA 342 Sets the analog output value when the source 10 000V value is at maximum Units 0 001 mA 0 001 Volt 344 Analog O
202. lt Scales the upper value of PI Reference Sel Min Max Units PI Reference Lo Default Scales the lower value of PI Reference Sel Min Max Units PI Feedback Hi Default Scales the upper value of PI Feedback Sel Min Max Units PI Feedback Lo Default Scales the lower value of PI Feedback Sel Min Max Units PI Output Gain Default Sets the gain factor for PI Output Meter Min Max Units Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Maximum Freq 100 400 0 Hz 800 0 0 1 Hz 0 1 0 0 Hz 100 0 PI Lower Limit PI Upper Limit 0 1 Hz 0 1 Read Only Condition True Condition False Reserved Read Only 100 0 0 1 Read Only 100 0 0 1 Read Only 200 0 0 1 Read Only 800 0 0 1 0 0 Radians 0 0 240 0 Radians 0 1 Radians 0 00 Secs 0 00 100 00 Secs 0 01 Secs 100 0 100 0 0 1 100 0 100 0 0 1 100 0 100 0 0 1 0 0 100 0 0 1 1 000 8 000 0 001 N Exs n r oo N ESS w oo i N Exs jami gt wu ico N ESS w oo oe x Group No 445 446 447 448 a az 5 E D w wE Co 5 a E F S amp Ez 449 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Ki Speed Loop Controls the integral error gain of the speed regulator The drive automatically adjusts Ki S
203. lt Default 1 0 053 Defines the value of the multiplier for the Min Max 32767 0 2 Torque Ref B Sel selection Units 0 1 Description File Lists the major parameter file category Group Lists the parameter group within a file No Parameter number Note that all parameters in the PowerFlex 700VC are 32 bit Parameter value cannot be changed until drive is stopped Parameter only displayed when Motor Cntl Sel is set to 4 ETH This parameter only available with firmware version 6 002 and later Parameter Name amp Description Parameter name as it appears on an LCD HIM with a brief description of the parameter s function Values Defines the various operating characteristics of the parameter Three types exist ENUM Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Read Only no default Options Displays the programming selections available Bit Bit Lists the bit place holder and definition for each bit Numeric Default Lists the value assigned at the factory Read Only no default Min Max The range lowest and highest setting possible for the parameter Units Unit of measure and resolution as shown on the LCD HIM Important Some parameters will have two unit values Analog inputs can be set for current or voltage with Anlg In Config param 320 Setting Speed Units parameter 79 selects Hz or RPM Important When se
204. m Freq 0 1 Hz Read Only Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 0 0 Drive Rated Amps x 2 0 1 Amps Read Only Drive Rating x 2 2 0 1 Amps Read Only Drive Rating x 2 2 0 1 Amps Read Only 0 0 Drive Rated Volts 0 1 VAC Read Only 0 0 Drive Rated kW x 2 0 1 kW Read Only 0 00 1 00 0 01 Read Only 0 0 214748352 0 MWh 0 1 MWh Read Only 0 0 214748352 0 Hrs 0 1 Hrs Read Only Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 0 0 Based on Drive Rating 0 1 VDC Read Only 0 0 Based on Drive Rating 0 1 VDC Read Only 0 0 429496729 5 kWh 0 1kWh Read Only 0 000 20 000 mA 10 000V 0 001 mA 0 001 Volt Chapter 1 Related 21 Chapter 1 22 Programming and Parameters Group No 018 021 022 023 Metering 024 025 026 027 028 Drive Data 029 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions PTC HW Value Value present at the drive s PTC input terminals Spd Fdbk No Filt Displays the unfiltered value of the actual motor speed whether measured by encoder feedback or estimated Ramped Speed Value of commanded speed after Accel Decel and S Curve are applied Speed Reference Summed value of ramped speed process Pl and droop When FVC Vector mode is selected droop will not be added Commanded Torque Final torque reference value after limits and filtering are applied Percent of mo
205. mation circuits equipment or software described in this manual Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence gt gt IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product Labels may also be on or inside the equipment to provide specific precautions SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures ARC FLASH HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a motor control center to alert people to potential Arc Flash Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death Wear proper Personal Protective E
206. methods Configuration e Stop Brk Mode A parameter 155 e Stop Brk Mode B parameter 156 0 Coast 1 Ramp 2 Ramp to Hold 3 DC Brake 4 Fast Brake e DC Brk Lvl Sel parameter 157 0 DC Brake Lvl selects parameter 158 as the source for the DC brake level 1 Analog in 1 2 Analog in 2 e DC Brake Level parameter 158 sets the DC brake level in amps when parameter 157 DC Brake Lvl e DC Brake Time parameter 159 sets the amount of time that DC braking is applied after the ramp if any e Flux Braking parameter 166 may need to adjust parameter 549 0 Disabled 1 Enabled e Digital InX Sel parameters 361 366 13 Stop Mode B setting a digital input to this function allows the use of a digital input to switch between Stop Mode A open input and Stop Mode B closed input 38 Fast Stop setting a digital input to this function allows the use of a digital input to when opened initiate a stop with a 0 1 second decel time If torque proving is being used float will be ignored at the end of the ramp and the mechanical brake will be set Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 145 146 AppendixC Application Notes Detailed Operation Mode Description Coast to Stop Bus Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Motor Speed A Time Stop lt Coast Time is load depe
207. n Limit cmd Selector gt Linear Invert 132 Fam 1241 134 4 131 QD Ramp ka E 2 oy 1243 K Lt s HA gt gt PI Feedback Sel ik mae 2 ao Gain Cony Limit Selectable Sourels Hi Lo 9 lt P T a sa LE ayy l Eo Fdbk Selector 762 Sart z CD iaa PI Preload 133 0 au t 1 Ty 1 463 124 Ca Controlled __ 1 Enable Limit Exclusive PI Configuration Outpt O 10 Preioaa Voltage or 124 40 Ueki Current 124 2 Commanded Speed lt 2 HO 134 Jo i Speed Torque Ref A Sel o q Linear i o Reference 0 i i gt D qo N eH i Zero 7 Clamp b i Enable Exclusive Caza rn a Scale 124 J 0 Selector Al 0 CED gt 1 ar Ae 1 Torque Reference Torque Torque Ref B Sel gt t gt j lt gt To Spd Trq Mode Sel gt Zero Cay 8 Clamp lt gt LJ i 124 4 A lt gt Read only Parameter x CD Read Write Parameter J Scale g Read Only Parameter w Bit Enum Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Read Write Parameter w Bit Enum 139 AppendixC Application Notes Reverse Speed Limit Figure 19 Rev Speed Limit parameter 454 set to zero 10V Maximum Speed i I Reverse Forward Speed v Speed Minimum l Speed 0 Maximum l Speed 10V 10V f i l Maximum l Speed Minimum I l Speed 0 l Reverse v Forward Speed 1 Speed Minimum Maximum Speed 0 Speed 10V Figure 20 Rev Speed Limit parame
208. nalog input Units 0 1 Hz 0 01 RPM Pulse Input Ref Default Read Only Displays the pulse input value as seen at Min Max 420 0 Hz terminals 5 and 6 of the Encoder Terminal Block 25200 0 RPM if Encoder Z Chan parameter 423 is set to Units 0 1Hz Pulse Input 0 1 RPM Jog Speed 1 Default 10 0 Hz Sets the output frequency when Jog Speed 1 is 300 0 RPM selected Min Max Maximum Speed Units 0 1 Hz 1 RPM Preset Speed 1 Default 5 0 Hz 150 RPM Preset Speed 2 10 0 Hz 300 RPM Preset Speed 3 20 0 Hz 600 RPM Preset Speed 4 30 0 Hz 900 RPM Preset Speed 5 40 0 Hz 1200 RPM Preset Speed 6 50 0 Hz 1500 RPM Preset Speed 7 he i j f 60 0 Hz 1800 RPM Provides an internal fixed speed command value In bipolar mode direction is commanded bythe Min Max Maximum Speed sign of the reference Units per 32 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 x o ol fon x Ko LO io Ko Ko k pej io WO es Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values 2 See page 16 for symbol descriptions Jog Speed 2 Default 10 0 Hz Sets the output frequency when Jog Speed 2 is 300 0 RPM selected Min Max Maximum Speed Units 0 1 Hz 1 RPM 116 Trim Setpoint Default 0 0 Adds or subtracts a percentage of the speed Min Max
209. ncluding Vector Control board HIM and Communication Module Table 17 Watts Loss Frames 7 10 Hp Rating Dissipation Watts e AC Input DC Input Voltage ND HD External Internal Total External Internal Total IP20 NEMA UL Type 1 400 480V 7 250 200 3422 514 3936 3098 497 3595 250 250 4224 618 4842 3848 599 4447 8 300 250 3125 569 3694 2698 547 3245 350 300 3588 681 4269 3091 655 3746 400 350 4284 850 5133 3692 816 4510 450 400 4850 1000 5850 4178 965 5143 500 450 5278 2010 7288 4506 1969 6475 9 600 500 8740 2270 11010 7752 2218 9970 10 700 600 8595 2339 10934 7470 2280 9750 1 Worst case condition including Vector Control board HIM and Communication Module Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Supplemental Drive Information Appendix A Communication Configurations Typical Programmable Controller Configurations IMPORTANT __ If block transfers are programmed to continuously write information to the drive care must be taken to properly format the block transfer If attribute 10 is selected for the block transfer values will be written only to RAM and will not be saved by the drive This is the preferred attribute for continuous transfers If attribute 9 is selected each program scan will complete a write to the drives non volatile memory EEprom Since the EEprom has a fixed number of allowed writes continuous block transfers will
210. ncy Ratings apply to all drives refer to the Derating Guidelines in the PowerFlex Reference Manual The drive can be supplied as 6 pulse or 18 pulse in a configured package Carrier Frequency 2 4 8 and 10 kHz Drive rating based on 4 kHz See the Input Protection Device tables in the Installation Instructions for exceptions Output Voltage Range 0 to rated motor voltage Output Frequency Range Standard Control 0 to 400 Hz Vector Control 0 to 420 Hz Frequency Accuracy Digital Input Within 0 01 of set output frequency Analog Input Within 0 4 of maximum output frequency Frequency Control Speed Regulation w Slip Compensation Volts per Hertz Mode 0 5 of base speed across 40 1 speed range 40 1 operating range 10 rad sec bandwidth Speed Regulation w Slip Compensation Sensorless Vector Mode 0 5 of base speed across 80 1 speed range 80 1 operating range 20 rad sec bandwidth Speed Regulation w Feedback Sensorless Vector Mode 0 1 of base speed across 80 1 speed range 80 1 operating range 20 rad sec bandwidth Speed Control Speed Regulation w o Feedback Vector Control Mode 0 1 of base speed across 120 1 speed range 120 1 operating range 50 rad sec bandwidth Speed Regulation w Feedback Vector Control Mode 0 001 of base speed across 120 1 speed range 1000 1 operating range 250 rad sec bandwidth Torque Regulation Torque Regulation w o Feedback 5 600 rad sec bandwidth Torque Re
211. nd the standards referenced IEC 61800 3 c UL us Listed to UL508C and CAN CSA C22 2 No 14 05 Y Y Y Y Packaged drives may be listed to UL508A EPRI SEMIF47 EPRI Quality Star Certificates SEMIF47 115 and SEMIF47 127 for SEMI Y Y F47 compliance 480V units tested Korean KC KCC REM RAA 20B Vv Yv iv Vv Registration Refer to the certificate of registration for specific drive catalog numbers that have this certification LLoyd s Lloyd s Register Type Approval Certificate 08 60015 marine Vv Vv Register certification RINA RINA Type Approval Certificate ELE283205CS Registo Italiano Navale Vv Yv iv marine certification Trentec Tested by Trentec to be compliant with AC156 Acceptance Criteria for Y Y Y Seismic Qualification Testing of Nonstructural Components and 2003 International Building Code for worst case seismic level for USA excluding site class F T V EC Type Examination Certificate TUV 05 ATEX 7153 for directive 94 9 Vv Viv Vv ATEX EC Safe turn off of certified ATEX motors used in Group II Category 2 GD potentially explosive atmospheres Designed to CMAA Specification 70 Crane Manufacturers of America Assoc Vv Vv Vv Y Applicable NFPA 70 US National Electrical Code Vv viviv Requirements NEMA ICS 7 1 Safety Standards for Construction and Guide for Vv A Y A Selection Installation and Operation of Adjustable Speed Drive Systems IEC 61800 2 Adjustable Speed Electrical Power Drive Systems Part v Vv Vv Vv 2 General Re
212. ndent gt Command Coast is selected by setting Stop Mode A B to a value of 0 When in Coast to Stop the drive acknowledges the Stop command by shutting off the drive output and releasing control of the motor The load and motor will coast until the kinetic energy is dissipated DC Brake to Stop Bus Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Motor Speed DC Brake Level Time m B C A Command DC Brake Time This method uses DC injection of the motor to Stop and or hold the load DC Brake is selected by setting Stop Mode A B to a value of 3 The amount of time that braking will be applied is programmed in DC Brake Time and the magnitude of the current used for braking is programmed in and DC Brake Level This mode of braking will generate up to 40 of rated motor torque for braking and is typically used for low inertia loads with infrequent Stop cycles 1 On Stop three phase drive output goes to zero off 2 Drive outputs DC voltage on the last used phase at the level programmed in DC Brake Level parameter 158 This voltage causes a stopping brake torque If the voltage is applied for a time that is longer than the actual possible stopping time the remaining time will be used to attempt to hold the motor at zero speed decel profile B on the diagram above 3 DC voltage to the motor continues for the amount of time programmed in DC Brake Time parameter 159 B
213. nding values through DPI ports simply remove the decimal point to arrive at the correct value i e to send 5 00 Hz use 500 16 Rockwell Related Lists parameters if any that interact with the selected parameter The symbol 3 indicates that additional parameter information is available in Appendix C Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 How Parameters are Organized Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 The LCD HIM displays parameters in a File Group Parameter or Numbered List view order To switch display mode access the Main Menu press ALT then Sel while cursor is on the parameter selection In addition using Param Access Lyl the user has the option to display the full parameter set Advanced commonly used parameters Basic or diagnostic advanced tuning parameters Reserved To simplify programming the displayed parameters will change according to the selection made with Motor Cntl Sel For example if FVC Vector is selected the parameters associated solely with other operations such as Volts per Hertz or Sensorless Vector will be hidden Refer to pages 18 and 19 File Group Parameter Order This simplifies programming by grouping parameters that are used for similar functions The parameters are organized into files Each file is divided into groups and each parameter is an element in a group By default the LCD HIM displays parameters by File Group Parameter vie
214. ner See Stop Owner 276 Adapters that are presently issuing a valid jog Ti 2 n command 285 S 291 Direction Owner See Stop Owner 276 ras Adapter that currently has exclusive control of ae 2 direction changes 285 a 202 Reference Owner See Stop Owner 276 Adapter that has the exclusive control of the i command frequency source selection 285 293 Accel Owner See Stop Owner 140 Adapter that has exclusive control of selecting 216 Accel Time 1 2 joi 285 294 Decel Owner See Stop Owner 142 Adapter that has exclusive control of selecting 276 Decel Time 1 2 sins 285 295 Fault Clr Owner See Stop Owner 276 Adapter that is presently clearing a fault a 296 MOP Owner See Stop Owner 276 Adapters that are currently issuing increases or ae decreases in MOP command frequency 285 297 Local Owner See Stop Owner 276 Adapter that has requested exclusive control of all drive logic functions If an adapter is in local lockout all other functions except stop on all other adapters are locked out and non functional Local control can only be obtained when the drive is not running Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 57 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters 58 File COMMUNICATIONS 5 596 Security Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Data In A1 Link A Word 1 Default 0 0 Disabled Da
215. o oo o oo vy Alarms 7 Faults Device Items ay Device Version gt PowerFlex 700 Main Control Board HIM Version Product Data Power Unit Board v LCD Module Product Data LCD HIM Control Board Keyboard Numeric View selected through arr fse ma H v D Q Param Access Lvl FGP FGP File Numbered List File 1 Name Changed Params View Links File 2 Name File 3 Name e PowerFlex 700 Device Se Connected DPI Devices Reset To Defaults aJ y Active Name S Start Over Basic Start Up Continue Le intro SMART L gt Detailed oa Applications gt More Info Drive Identity Change Password User Dspy Lines User Dspy Time gt ay User Dspy Video Reset User Dspy Contrast Press to move between menu items Press B Press to select a menu item Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 View Alarm Queue gt Clr Alarm Queue gt Fault Info gt Drive Status 1 View Fault Queue Drive Status 2 Clear Faults Drive Alarm 1 Clr Fault Queue Drive Alarm 2 Reset Device Speed Ref Source Start Inhibits Last Stop Source Dig In Status Dig Out Status Drive Temp Drive OL Count Motor OL Count Basic Advanced Reserved Ceap i Neme FOP Peremetr Group 2 Name Parameter Name Group 3 Name Parameter Name Parameter Name OO gt Device gt HIM___ Device lt HIM Delete HIM Set of Him CopyCat
216. ocity Step 13 Velocity Step 14 Velocity Step 15 Velocity Step 16 Velocity Step Speed Sign of this value is used to determine direction for Time Time Blended Digital Input amp Parameter Level step types The value is an absolute number for all encoder step types Step 1 AccelTime Step 2 AccelTime Step 3 AccelTime Step 4 AccelTime Step 5 AccelTime Step 6 AccelTime Step 7 AccelTime Step 8 AccelTime Step 9 AccelTime Step 10 AccelTime Step 11 AccelTime Step 12 AccelTime Step 13 AccelTime Step 14 AccelTime Step 15 AccelTime Step 16 AccelTime This is the acceleration rate for the step Sets the time to ramp from zero to Maximum Speed Step 1 DecelTime Step 2 DecelTime Step 3 DecelTime Step 4 DecelTime Step 5 DecelTime Step 6 DecelTime Step 7 DecelTime Step 8 DecelTime Step 9 DecelTime Step 10 DecelTime Step 11 DecelTime Step 12 DecelTime Step 13 DecelTime Step 14 DecelTime Step 15 DecelTime Step 16 DecelTime This is the deceleration rate for the step Sets the time to ramp from Maximum Speed to zero Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 0 0 Maximum Speed 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM 10 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 10 0 Secs 0 0 3600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs Related
217. oderless operation Programmed Current Lmt Val has been exceeded Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 52 Microprocessor handshake error Microprocessor handshake error Drive output current has exceeded the 1ms current rating This rating is greater than the 3 second current rating and less than the hardware overcurrent fault level It is typically 200 250 of the drive continuous rating Difference between Commanded Speed and Encoder Speed has exceeded the level set in Spd Dev Band for a time period greater than Spd Band Integrat Output transistors have exceeded their maximum operating temperature DC bus voltage fell below the minimum value of 407V DC at 400 480V input or 204V DC at 200 240V input Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 page 52 The checksum read from the user set does not match the checksum calculated 1 See page 83 for a description of fault types Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Action Clear the fault or cycle power to the drive 1 Cycle power to the drive 2 If problem persists replace drive 1 Restore defaults 2 Reprogram parameters Read the Attention on page 116 relating to the use of TorqProve with no encoder Check load requirements and Current Lmt Val setting Replace Main Control Board Replace Main Control Board Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake v
218. ogIn1 2 Loss 324 327 Anlg In Sqr Root 321 Analog In1 2 Lo 323 326 Analog Outputs Anlg Out Config 340 Analog Out1 2Hi 343 346 Anlg Out1 2 Scale 354 355 Anlg Out Absolut 341 Analog Out1 2Lo 344 347 Anlg1 Out Setpt 377 378 Analog Out1 2 Sel 342 345 Digital Inputs Digital In1 6 Sel 361 366 Digin Datalogic 411 Digital Outputs Digital Out Sel 380 384 388 Dig Out Offfime 383 387 391 Dig Out Param 393 Dig Out Level 381 385 389 Dig Out Setpt 379 Dig Out Mask 394 Dig Out OnTime 382 386 390 Dig Out Invert 392 Torq Proving TorqProve Cnfg 600 ZeroSpdFloatTime 605 Brk Alarm Travel 610 TorqProve Setup 601 Float Tolerance 606 MicroPos Scale 611 Spd Dev Band 602 Brk Set Time 607 Torq Prove Sts 612 SpdBand Integrat 603 TorqLim SlewRate 608 Brake Test Torq 613 Brk Release Time 604 BrkSlip Count 609 Adjust Voltage Adj Volt Phase 650 Min Adj Voltage 661 Adj Volt Trim Lo 671 Adj Volt Select 651 Adj Volt Command 662 Adj Volt Trim 672 Adj Volt Ref Hi 652 MOP Adj VoltRate 663 Adj Volt AccTime 675 Adj Volt Ref Lo 653 Adj Volt TrimSel 669 Adj Volt DecTime 676 Adj Volt Preset1 7 654 660 Adj Volt Trim Hi 670 Adj Volt S Curve 677 Oil Well Pump Max Rod Torque 631 PCP Pump Sheave 637 Gearbox Sheave 643 TorgAlarm Level 632 PCP Rod Torque 638 Gearbox Ratio 644 TorgAlarm Action 633 Min Rod Speed 639 Motor Sheave 645 TorqAlarm Dwell 634 Max Rod Speed 640 Total Gear Ratio 646 TorgAlrm Timeout 635 OilWell Pump Sel 641 DB Resistor 647 TorgAlrm TO Act 636 Gearbox Rating 642 Gearbox
219. ogram Speed Ref A Sel for correct source see page 31 Incorrect Reference source is being None selected via remote device or digital inputs Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 5 Check Drive Status 1 page 47 bits 12 and 13 for unexpected source selections 6 Check Dig In Status page 49 to see if inputs are selecting an alternate source 7 Reprogram digital inputs to correct Speed Sel x option see page 63 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Table 9 Motor and or drive will not accelerate to commanded speed Cause s Indication Corrective Action Acceleration time is excessive None Reprogram Accel Time x see page 38 Excess load or short acceleration None Check Drive Status 2 bit 10 to see if the drive is in times force the drive into current Current Limit see page 47 limit slowing or stopping Remove excess load or reprogram Accel Time x see acceleration page 38 Speed command source or valueis None Check for the proper Speed Command using Steps 1 not as expected through 7 above Programming is preventing the drive None Check Maximum Speed page 29 and Maximum Freq output from exceeding limiting values page 24 to assure that speed is not limited by programming Table 10 Motor operation is unstable Cause s Indication Corrective Action Motor data was incorrectly entered None 1 Correctly enter motor nameplate data
220. olts set too high 1 Check wiring between drive and motor 2 Check release of mechanical brake 1 Verify that maximum ambient temperature has not been exceeded 2 Check fan 3 Check for excess load Monitor the incoming AC line for low voltage or power interruption Re save user set 89 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting Table 3 Fault Cross Reference No Fault No Fault No Fault 2 Auxiliary Input 39 Phase V to Grnd 88 Software Fault 3 Power Loss 40 Phase W to Grnd 89 Software Fault 4 UnderVoltage 4 Phase UV Short 90 Encoder Quad Err 5 OverVoltage 42 Phase VW Short 91 Encoder Loss 7 Motor Overload 43 Phase UW Short 92 Pulse In Loss 8 Heatsink OvrTemp 48 Params Defaulted 93 Hardware Fault 9 Trnsistr OvrTemp 49 Drive Powerup 100 Parameter Chksum 10 Heatsink Low Temp 51 Fit QueueCleared 101 103 UserSet Chksum 12 HW OverCurrent 52 Faults Cleared 104 Pwr Brd Chksum1 13 Ground Fault 55 Cntl Bd Overtemp 105 Pwr Brd Chksum2 15 Load Loss 63 Shear Pin 106 Incompat MCB PB 16 Motor Thermistor 64 Drive OverLoad 107 Replaced MCB PB 17 Input Phase Loss 69 DB Resistance 108 eyw Anlg Cal Chksum 18 Hardware PTC 70 Power Unit 109 NVS 1 0 Checksum 20 TorgPrv Spd Band 71 75 Port 1 5 Adapter 110 NVS 1 0 Failure 21 Output Pha
221. oncept with known motor parameters such as Rated FLA Hp Voltage stator resistance and flux producing current Knowledge of the individual motor attached to the drive allows the drive to adjust the output pattern to the motor and load conditions By identifying motor parameters the drive can maximize the torque produced in the motor and extend the speed range at which that torque can be produced This technology is excellent for applications that require a wider speed range and applications that need maximum possible torque for breakaway acceleration or overload Centrifuges extruders conveyors and others are candidates Torque Controllers Vector This technology differs from the two above because it actually controls or regulates torque Rather than allowing the motor and load to actually determine the amount of torque produced Vector technology allows the drive to regulate the torque to a defined value By independently identifying and controlling both flux and torque currents in the motor true control of torque is achieved High bandwidth current regulators remain active with or without encoder feedback to produce outstanding results This technology is excellent for those applications where torque control rather than mere torque production is key to the success of the process These include web handling demanding extruders and lifting applications such as hoists or material handling Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F E
222. ons 3 Liv Z Motor Cntl Sel Default 0 Sensris Vect Sets the method of motor control usedinthe Options 0 Sensrls Vect drive 1 SV Economize i When Adj Voltage is selected voltage control is 2 Custom V Hz independent from frequency control The voltage 3 Fan Pmp V Hz and frequency components have independent 4 FVC Vector references and accel decel rates Typical 5 Adj Voltage applications include non motor loads or power supplies Important FVC Vector mode requires autotuning of the motor Being coupled to the load will determine inertia preferably lightly loaded Total Inertia parameter 450 will have to be estimated if uncoupled for tuning of the speed loop or separately adjust Ki and Kp parameters 445 amp 446 054 Maximum Voltage Default Drive Rated Volts 202 Sets the highest voltage the drive will output Min Max Rated Volts x 0 25 Rated Volts Based on Voltage Class parameter 202 Units 0 1 VAC 055 Maximum Freq Default 110 0 or 130 0 Hz 083 Sets the highest frequency the drive will output Min Max 5 0 420 0 Hz a Based on Voltage Class parameter 202 Also Units 0 1 Hz refer to Overspeed Limit parameter 083 056 Compensation E Enables disables correction options E v EE 1 Enabled 2 WY y S i CIS oI LES XAN 0 Disabled amp VY SE SISSI Y x Reserved 5 Eg SISSY ANSIN IS j x x xlxlolo xlo o xlolililolili
223. ors Index Table of Contents Position Indexer Speed Profiler wis pc4ess deve eves AS 128 Common Guidelines for all Step Types 00sec ee eee 128 Position Loop Tuning twin tat ne Ole tation ek nee Wek 129 Profile Command Control Word 0 cece cece 129 Velocity Regulated Step Types and Parameters 130 Position Regulated Step Types and Parameters 4 131 Homing Routine sise sereia eaea oy eas a 132 Example 1 Five Step Velocity Profile Time Based and Encoder DARE ye cas ae Bt E E EEE E E E E E TE O 134 Example 2 Six Step Velocity Profile Digital Input Based 135 Example 3 Five Step Positioner with Incremental Encoder 136 Power Loss Ride Through aura ateraseeg ed cha ts epcorinangi aerate aecaecai tae ative 137 Process PID es Cou ot ih ad eg ete ele EL Cae Aree Bi 138 PIE a D6 Ge ede cia cian ds Meer banded oie Sed hee Sande 138 Reverse Speed Limit 252hne tges 25 ast Sensi ea eis ire es ata 140 Skip Frequency Step ax Gre eda rede nane eixiemctn needed a ds 141 Sleep WakeIMode ci cul Gove wet et a eG eee Ae ae lh 142 Definitions sisis risusa n niki ie staid aa eda E EET 143 Start At PowerU prenesenia n a ek waa take E E tannins 144 Stop Mode ee eee pete dep A a See aia 144 Config ration a cist see ngans bias ia EE EE E ELERE 145 Stop Dwell Timesis koreera enea di eS EEIE EA EAER 149 Voltage I Gletance nase nc ye nan a D EEE COE EEE 150 Appendix D Motor
224. ount Diagnostics 49 354 355 Anlg OutX Scale Analog Outputs 61 220 Motor OL Count Diagnostics 49 361 366 Digital InX Sel Digital Inputs 63 221 Mtr OL Trip Time Diagnostics 49 377 378 Anlg OutX Setpt Analog Outputs 61 222 rive Status 3 Diagnostics 50 379 Dig Out Setpt Digital Outputs 64 223 Status 3 Fault Diagnostics 50 380 384 Digital OutX Sel Digital Outputs 65 224 ault Speed Diagnostics 50 388 225 ault Amps Diagnostics 50 381 385 Dig OutX Level Digital Outputs 65 226 ault Bus Volts Diagnostics 50 389 _ 227 228 Status X Fault Diagnostics 50 Pa 386 Dig OutX OnTime Digital Outputs 65 229 230 Alarm X Fault Diagnostics 51 234 236 Testpoint X Sel Diagnostics 51 p 387 Dig Out OffTime Digital Outputs 235 237 Testpoint X Data Diagnostics 51 392 ig Out Invert Digital Outputs 66 238 ault Config 1 Faults 32 393 Dig Out Param Digital Outputs 66 240 ault Clear Faults 52 394 ig Out Mask Digital Outputs 66 241 ault Clear Mode Faults 52 411 Digin DataLogic Digital Inputs 64 242 ower Up Marker Faults 2 412 Motor Fdbk Type Speed Feedback 27 243 ault 1 Code Faults 52 43 Encoder PPR Speed Feedback 28 244 ault 1 Time Faults 53 414 Enc Position Fdbk Speed Feedback 28 245 ault 2 Code Faults 52 415 Encoder Speed Speed Feedback 28 246 ault 2 Time Faults 53 416 Fdbk Filter Sel Speed Feedback 128 247 ault 3 Code Faults 52 419 Notch Filter Freq Speed Feedback 28 248 ault 3 Time Faults 3 420 Notch Filter K Speed Feedback 28 249 a
225. ove enabled Decel Limit for Digital Inputs Decel Limit is enabled by selecting Decel Limit as one of the digital inputs in Digital In1 6 Select parameters 361 366 When this input is low opposite logic the speed reference command will change from the selected reference to the value in Preset Speed 1 parameter 101 The deceleration rate will be based on the active deceleration time This limit will be enforced only in the direction the drive was running when the switch was activated momentarily or continuously see B in Figure 8 The opposite direction will still be allowed to run at the selected reference speed No speed limitation will occur between the limit switches A in Figure 8 Two different switches can be connected in series to one digital input to provide a decel limit at both ends of the application that is lift conveyor etc With proper set up the drive will automatically apply the speed reduction based on the direction of the load even though only one digital input is being used See B in Figure 8 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C End Travel Limit for Digital Inputs End Travel Limit is enabled by selecting End Limit as one of the digital inputs in Digital In1 6 Select A low at this input opposite logic will cause the drive to do a fast decel 0 1 sec and turn off This Stop limit will be enforced only
226. p Brake Modes 39 Torg Attributes 23 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Torque Proving 67 Volts per Hertz 27 Hand Off Auto HOA 115 Hardware Fault 87 Hardware PTC Fault 87 Heatsink LowTemp Fault 87 Heatsink OvrTemp Fault 87 HighRes Ref 58 HIM Menu Structure 109 HIM Menus Diagnostics 109 Memory Storage 109 Preferences 109 HIM Ref Config Group 44 HIM Removing Installing 106 Home Not Set Alarm 92 Home Position 72 HW OverCurrent Fault 87 1 0 Comm Loss Fault 87 1 0 Failure Fault 87 In Phase Loss Alarm 92 Incompat MCB PB Fault 87 Inertia Autotune 26 Input Phase Loss Fault 87 Inputs amp Outputs File 59 IntDBRes OvrHeat Alarm 92 IR Voltage Drop 25 IR Volts Range Alarm 92 IR Volts Range Fault 87 Ixo Vit Rang Alarm 92 Ixo Voltage Drop 26 IXo VoltageRange Fault 87 J Jog Mask 56 Jog Owner 57 Jog Speed 1 32 Jog Speed 2 33 K Kf Speed Loop 37 Ki Speed Loop 37 Kp Speed Loop 37 L Language 46 Last Stop Source 49 LCD HIM Menus 109 LEDs 84 Lifting Torque Proving 115 Limit Switches 122 Linear List 17 Linking Parameters 111 Load Frm Usr Set 45 Load Limits Group 38 Load Loss Alarm 92 Load Loss Fault 87 Load Loss Level 43 Load Loss Time 43 Local Mask 57 Local Owner 57 Logic Command Word 103 Logic Mask 56 59 Logic Mask Act 59 Logic Status Word 104 M Man Ref Preload 44 Marker Pulse 28 Masks amp Owners Group 56 Max Rod Speed 69 Max Rod Torque 69 MaxFre
227. peed Loop when a non zero value is entered for Speed Desired BW or an autotune is performed Typically manual adjustment of this parameter is needed only if system inertia cannot be determined through an autotune Speed Desired BW is set to 0 when a manual adjustment is made to this parameter Kp Speed Loop Controls the proportional error gain of the speed regulator The drive automatically adjusts Kp Speed Loop when a non zero value is entered for Speed Desired BW or an auto tune is performed Typically manual adjustment of this parameter is needed only if system inertia cannot be determined through an autotune Speed Desired BW is set to 0 when a manual adjustment is made to this parameter An internal Error Filter BW is active when Kp or Speed Desired BW is changed It is set to Kp times Total Inertia with a minimum of 25 radians Kf Speed Loop Controls the feed forward gain of the speed regulator Setting the Kf gain greater than zero reduces speed feedback overshoot in response to a step change in speed reference Ham Spd Err Filt BW Sets the bandwidth of a speed error filter used in FVC Vector mode A setting of 0 0 disables the filter Speed Desired BW Sets the speed loop bandwidth and determines the dynamic behavior of the speed loop As bandwidth increases the speed loop becomes more responsive and can track a faster changing speed reference Adjusting this parameter will
228. pplication Notes Appendix C e Homing to Limit Switch with Encoder Feedback When Find Home is commanded the homing routine is run when a start command is issued The Homing bit 11 in Profile Status will be set while the homing routine is running The drive will ramp to the speed and direction set in Find Home Speed at the rate set in Find Home Ramp until the digital input defined as Home Limit is activated The drive will then reverse direction at 1 10 the Find Home Speed to the point where the Home Limit switch activated and stop Figure 11 shows the sequence of operation for homing to a limit switch with encoder feedback without a marker pulse Encoder Z Chan must be set to Pulse Input or Pulse Check Figure 11 Homing to a Limit Switch 250 30 Homing v S a 3 Units Traveled SNIEIS d S S Home Limit Input a 3 Encoder Speed smes uj eybi Start Command 50 Find Home Command 0 Encoder Speed 415 Profile Status 700 Units Traveled 701 Dig In Status 216 e Homing to Limit Switch w o Encoder Feedback When Find Home is commanded the homing routine is run when a Start command is issued The Homing bit 11 in Profile Status will be set while the homing routine is running The drive will ramp to the speed and direction set in Find Home Speed at the rate set in Find Home Ramp until
229. q Conflict Alarm 92 Maximum Freq 24 Maximum Speed 29 Maximum Voltage 24 Memory Retention Motor Overload 127 Menu Structure HIM 109 Metering Group 21 MicroPos Scale 68 Min Adj Voltage 70 Min Rod Speed 69 Minimum Speed 29 123 MOD LED 84 Monitor File 21 MOP Adj VoltRate 70 MOP Config Group 45 MOP Mask 57 MOP Owner 57 MOP Rate 45 MOP Reference 21 Motor Cntl Sel 24 Motor Control File 23 Motor Control Technology 124 Motor Data Group 23 Motor DC Injection 125 Motor Fdbk Type 27 Motor NP FLA 23 Motor NP Hertz 23 Motor NP Power 23 Motor NP RPM 23 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Index Motor NP Volts 23 Motor OL Count 49 Motor OL Factor 23 Motor OL Hertz 23 Motor OL Mode 23 Motor Overload 126 Motor Overload Fault 87 Motor Overload Memory Retention 127 Motor Poles 23 Motor Sheave 69 Motor Thermistor Alarm 92 Motor Thermistor Fault 87 Motor Type 23 Motor Type Cflct Alarm 92 Mtr OL Trip Time 49 Mtr Tor Cur Ref 27 Neg Torque Limit 27 NET LED 84 Non Resettable 83 Notch Filter K 28 Notch FilterFreq 28 NP Hz Conflict Alarm 92 NVS 1 0 Checksum Fault 87 NVS 1 0 Failure Fault 87 0 OilWell Pump Sel 69 Operator Interface 110 Output Current 21 Output Freq 21 Output PhaseLoss Fault 88 Output Power 21 Output Powr Fetr 21 Output Voltage 21 Overspeed 127 Overspeed Limit 29 OverSpeed Limit Fault 88 OverVoltage Fault 88 P Param Access Lvl 45 Parameter Changing E
230. que Mod parameter 088 Parameters 700 877 set up the indexer profiler e Motor Control Modes For Position Indexing with an encoder only FVC Vector Control should be used for optimum performance For Velocity Profiling any motor control mode can be used However Sensorless Vector or FVC Vector Control modes will offer the best performance e Direction Control The drive must be configured to allow the profile to control the direction This is accomplished by setting Direction Mode parameter 190 to Bipolar default is Unipolar e Speed Regulator The bandwidth of the speed regulator will affect the performance If the connected inertia is relatively high the bandwidth will be low and therefore a bit sluggish When programming the acceleration and deceleration rates for each step do not make them too aggressive or the regulator will be limited and therefore overshoot the desired position Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C e Limits Many threshold values can affect the performance of the profile indexer To help minimize the possibility of overshooting a position ensure that the following parameters are set for the best performance No Parameter Description 153 Regen Power Limit Default is 50 and will likely require a greater negative value A brake or other means of dissipating regenerative energy is recommended 147 Current Lmt Sel
231. quency 151 Current Rate Limit 154 Current Lmt Gain 49 DroopRPM FLA 152 L DB While Stopped 145 DC Brake Time 159 Bus Reg Kp 64 Stop Mode 55 156 Bus Reg Ki 60 Bus Reg Kd 65 DC Brk Lvl Sel 57 Bus Reg Mode 161 162 Flux Braking 166 DC Brake Level 58 DB Resistor Type 163 Stop Dwell Time 452 Start At PowerUp 168 Auto Rstrt Delay 75 Wake Time 81 Flying Start En 69 Sleep Wake Mode 178 Sleep Level 182 Flying StartGain 70 Sleep Wake Ref 79 Sleep Time 83 Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Wake Level 80 Powerup Delay 67 Power Loss Mode 84 Load Loss Level 187 Gnd Warn Level 77 Power Loss Time 185 Load Loss Time 188 Power Loss Level 186 Shear Pin Time 89 continued on page 20 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 19 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters File Group Parameters Direction Config Direction Mode 190 HIM Ref Config DPI Loss Action 173 Save HIM Ref 192 Man Ref Preload 193 MOP Config Save MOP Ref 194 MOP Rate 195 Drive Memory Param Access Lvl 196 Reset Meters 200 Dyn UserSet Cnfg 204 Reset To Defalts 197 Language 201 Dyn UserSet Sel 205 Load Frm Usr Set 198 Voltage Class 202 Dyn UserSet Actv 206 Save To User Set 199 Drive Checksum 203 Diagnostics Drive Status 1 2 209 210 Dig Out Status 217 Status 1 2 Fault 227 228 Drive Status 35 222 Drive Temp 218 Status 3 Fault 223 Drive Alarm 1 2 211 212 Drive OL Count 219 Alarm 1 2 Fault 229 230 Speed Ref Source 213
232. quickly damage the EEprom Do Not assign attribute 9 to continuous block transfers Refer to the individual communications adapter User Manual for additional details Logic Command Status Words Table 18 Logic Command Word Logic Bits 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 h o Command Description Stop m 0 Not Stop gt lt Stop x Start VA 0 Not Start Start Jog 0 Not Jog Jog Clear Faults 0 Not Clear Faults Clear Faults Direction 00 No Command 01 Forward Command 0 Reverse Command 1 Hold Present Direction Local Control 0 No Local Control Local Control MOP Increment 0 Not Increment Increment Accel Rate 00 No Command 01 Use Accel Time 1 0 Use Accel Time 2 1 Use Present Time Decel Rate 00 No Command 01 Use Decel Time 1 0 Use Decel Time 2 1 Use Present Time Reference Select 000 No Command 001 Ref 1 Ref A Select 010 Ref 2 Ref B Select 011 Ref 3 Preset 3 100 Ref 4 Preset 4 101 Ref 5 Preset 5 110 Ref 6 Preset 6 111 Ref 7 Preset 7 1 A 0 Not Stop condition logic 0 must first be present bei Start command A 1 will start the drive but returning to 0 will no 2 This Start will not function if a digital input parameters 361 366 MOP Decrement stop the drive 0 Not Decr
233. quipment PPE Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment PPE gt gt gt Allen Bradley Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies New and Updated Information Summary of Changes The information below summarizes the changes to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual publication 20B UM002 since the last release Manual Updates Description of New or Updated Information Page Removed the Installation Wiring information Chapter 1 Start Up information Chapter 2 dimension and fuse breaker information Appendix A This information can now be found in the appropriate Installation Instructions PowerFlex 700 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive Frames 0 6 publication 20B IN0019 PowerFlex 700 Adjustable Frequency AC Drive Frames 7 10 publication 20B IN0014 Testpoint Codes and Functions table updated 96 Hand Off Auto application note added 115 Lifting Torque Proving application note updated 115 Motor DC Injection application note added 125 Stop Mode application note updated 144 Parameter Updates The following parameters have been added or updated Parameter Changes Page 082 Maximum Speed Maximum Hz changed 29 117 Trim In Select Option list updated 33 151 PWM Frequency D
234. quired Sound Fan Sound Frame Velocity Level 0 30 CFM 58 dB 1 30 CFM 59 dB 50 CFM 57 dB 120CFM 61 dB 12O CEM are Note Sound pressure level is 200 CFM 71 dB measured at 2 meters 300CFM 72dB 756CFM 74dB 1200CFM 78 dB wl col uil DA Hm BB wl rm 2800CFM 82dB 10 Inv 1850CFM 78 dB 10 Cv 1200CFM 78 dB Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Category Electrical Control Specification Voltage Tolerance Supplemental Drive Information Appendix A See page 150 for full power and operating range Input Frequency Tolerance 47 63 Hz Input Phases Three phase input provides full rating for all drives Single phase operation possible on certain drives and provides 50 of rated current see Installation Instructions for details Frames 0 7 Drive can be supplied as 6 pulse or 18 pulse in an engineered package Displacement Power Factor 0 98 across entire speed range Efficiency 97 5 at rated amps nominal line volts Maximum Short Circuit Rating 200 000 Amps symmetrical Actual Short Circuit Rating Determined by AIC rating of installed fuse circuit breaker Drive to Motor Power Ratio Minimum Recommended not less than 1 2 ratio Maximum Recommended not greater than 2 1 ratio Method Sine coded PWM with programmable carrier freque
235. quirements Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems 1 See the product certifications website http www rockwellautomation com products certification for declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details 2 Frames 7 10 provided as IP00 or NEMA UL Open style must be installed in a supplementary enclosure which provides adequate attenuation of radiated emissions in order to be compliant with EN 61800 3 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 97 Appendix A 98 Supplemental Drive Information Table 14 Specifications Category Protection Environment Specification Drive 200 208V 240V 380 400V 480V 600V 600 690V Frm 0 4 Frm 5 6 AC Input Overvoltage Trip 285VAC 285VAC 570VAC 570VAC 716VAC 818VAC AC Input Undervoltage Trip 120VAC 138VAC 233VAC 280VAC 345VAC 345VAC Bus Overvoltage Trip 405V DC 405VDC 810VDC 810VDC 1013VDC 1162VDC Bus Undervoltage Shutoff Fault 153VDC 153VDC 305VDC 305VDC 381VDC 437VDC Nominal Bus Voltage 281VDC 324VDC 540VDC 648VDC 810VDC 932VDC All Drives Heat Sink Thermistor Monitored by microprocessor overtemp trip Drive Overcurrent Trip Software Overcurrent Trip Hardware Overcurrent Trip 200 of rated current typical 220 300 of rated current dependent on drive rating Line transients Control
236. r 80 Utility File 44 About Parameters To configure a drive to operate in a specific way drive parameters may have to be set Three types of parameters exist e ENUM Parameters ENUM parameters allow a selection from 2 or more items The LCD HIM will display a text message for each item e Bit Parameters Bit parameters have individual bits associated with features or conditions If the bit is 0 the feature is off or the condition is false If the bit is 1 the feature is on or the condition is true e Numeric Parameters These parameters have a single numerical value that is 0 1 Volts The example on the following page shows how each parameter type is presented in this manual Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 15 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters File Parameter Name amp Description z 3 g Load Frm Usr Set Default 0 Ready Loads a previously saved set of parameter values Options 0 Ready s from a selected user set location in drive 1 User Set 1 7 a nonvolatile memory to active drive memory 2 User Set 2 3 User Set 3 216 Dig In Status Read Only 361 Status of the digital inputs gt is 366 2 2 6 5 4 N S VMYMMLI LIVES amp SSL SSL SES 1 Input Present X x x x x x x x x x 0 0 0 0 0 0 iz outo Preet Pie 4 13 12 1 10 9 8 7 6 54 3 2 10 x end Bit 434 Torque Ref B Mu
237. r Adj Volt Select Min Adj Voltage Sets the low limit for the voltage reference when Motor Cntrl Sel is set to Adj Voltage Adj Volt Command Displays the voltage value of the reference specified in Adj Volt Select MOP Adj VoltRate Sets the rate for the MOP Adj Volt TrimSel Selects the source of the voltage trim that is added to or subtracted from the voltage reference 70 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options 100 0 0 0 200 0 0 1 1 3 Phase 0 1 Phase 1 3 Phase Analog In 2 Analog In 1 Analog In 2 3 6 Reserved 7 8 Not Used 9 MOP Level 10 Reserved 11 17 Preset Volt1 7 18 22 DPI Port 1 5 100 0 2 0 Reserved 1 2 100 0 of Drive Rated Volts 0 1 0 0 100 0 of Drive Rated Volts 0 1 0 0 VAC 0 0 Drive Rated Volts 0 1 VAC 0 0 VAC 0 0 Drive Rated Volts 0 1 VAC Read Only 0 0 Drive Rated Volts 0 1 VAC 1 0 V s 0 1 100 0 V s 0 1 V s 2 Analog In 2 0 Reserved 1 Analog In 1 2 Analog In 2 3 6 Reserved 7 8
238. r 238 3 Ifthe drive passes all tests the brake will be released and the drive will take control of the load after the programmed time in Brk Release Time parameter 604 which is the typical mechanical release time of the brake Brake Proving When the drive receives a stop command to end a lifting operation the following actions occur 1 The brake is commanded closed when the speed of the motor reaches zero 2 After the time period programmed in Brk Set Time parameter 607 the drive will verify if the brake is capable of holding torque It will do this by ramping the torque down at a rate set in TorqLim SlewRate parameter 608 Note that the drive can be started again at anytime without waiting for either of the above timers to finish 3 While the torque is ramping down the drive will perform a brake slip test If movement exceeds the limit set in BrkSlip Count parameter 609 then an alarm is set 32 Brake Slipped and the drive will start a brake slip procedure The drive will allow the motor to travel the distance programmed Brk Alarm Travel parameter 610 Another slip test will be performed and will repeat continuously until A the load stops slipping or B the load reaches the ground This feature keeps control of the load and returns it to the ground in a controlled manner in the event of a mechanical brake failure Once a Brake Slipped alarm occurs drive power must be cycled to clear the alarm and re start the
239. r the ATEX group and category on its nameplate requires installation operation and maintenance according to this document and to the requirements found in the User Manual and appropriate Motor Instruction Manual s that is located in a hazardous environment requires additional installation operation and maintenance procedures beyond those stated in the standard user manual Equipment damage and or personal injury may result if all additional instructions in this document are not observed f ATTENTION Operation of this ATEX certified drive with an ATEX certified motor Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 151 Appendix D Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group II Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Motor Requirements Drive Wiring 152 e The motor must be manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC It must be installed operated and maintained per the motor manufacturer supplied instructions e Only motors with nameplates marked for use on an inverter power source and labeled for specific hazardous areas may be used in hazardous areas on inverter variable frequency power e When the motor is indicated for ATEX Group II Category 2 for use in gas environments Category 2G the motor must be of flameproof construction EEx d according to EN50018 or Ex d according to EN60079 1 or IEC60079 1 Group II motors are marked with a temperature ora temperature co
240. raking ceases after this time expires 4 After the DC Braking ceases no further power is supplied to the motor The motor load may or may not be stopped The drive has released control of the motor load decel profile A on the diagram above 5 The motor if rotating will coast from its present speed for a time that is dependent on the remaining kinetic energy and the mechanics of the system inertia friction etc 6 Excess motor current and or applied duration could cause motor damage The user is also cautioned that motor voltage can exist long after the Stop command is issued The right combination of Brake Level and Brake Time must be determined to provide the safest most efficient stop decel profile C on the diagram above Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Mode Description Ramp Bus Voltage Output Voltage Output Current Motor Speed _ S Output Current Command Speed Time 7 lt DC Brake Time gt A Stop Zero Command Command Speed This method uses drive output reduction to stop the load Ramp is selected by setting Stop Mode A B to a value of 1 The drive will ramp the frequency to zero based on the deceleration time programmed into Decel Time 1 2 The normal mode of machine operation can utilize Decel Time 1 If the machine stop requires a faster deceleration th
241. ral control action The function is designed for use in applications that require simple control of a process without external control devices The PI function allows the microprocessor of the drive to follow a single process control loop The PI function reads a process variable input to the drive and compares it to a desired setpoint stored in the drive The algorithm will then adjust the output of the PI regulator changing drive output frequency to try and make the process variable equal the setpoint It can operate as trim mode by summing the PI loop output with a master speed reference Slip Comp Slip Adder o Open Linear Ramp Loop Spd Ref amp S Curve gt Spd Cmd Process to Pl PIRet fe fe Process PI Controller PI Fok PI Enabled Speed Control Or it can operate as control mode by supplying the entire speed reference This method is identified as exclusive mode Slip Comp Slip Adder O n Open i Loop Spd Ref jy 1H oe gt Spd Cmd Process mm PI Pl Ref p Process PI Controller T PIFbk PI Enabled Speed Control PI Enable The output of the PI loop can be turned on enabled or turned off disabled This control allows the user to determine when the PI loop is providing part or all of the commanded speed The logic for enabling the PI loop is shown
242. rformed during an autotune Inertia Autotune Provides an automatic method of setting Total Inertia This test is automatically run during Start Up motor tests Important If using rotate tune for Sensrls Vect mode the motor should be uncoupled from the load or results may not be valid With FVC Vector either a coupled or uncoupled load will produce valid result Ready Parameter returns to this setting following a completed inertia tune Inertia Tune A temporary command that initiates an inertia test of the motor load combination The motor will ramp up and down while the drive measures the amount of inertia Torque Ref A Sel Torque Ref B Sel Selects the source of the external torque reference to the drive How this reference is used is dependent upon Speed Torque Mod See Appendix B for DPI port locations Torque Ref A Hi Torque Ref B Hi Scales the upper value of the Torque Ref x Sel selection when the source is an analog input Torque Ref A Lo Torque Ref B Lo Scales the lower value of the Torque Ref x Sel selection when the source is an analog input Torq Ref A Div Defines the value of the divisor for the Torque Ref A Sel selection Torque Ref B Mult Defines the value of the multiplier for the Torque Ref B Sel selection Torque Setpoint1 Provides an internal fixed value for Torque Setpoint when Torque Ref x Sel is set to Torque Setpt
243. rtion of the bus regulator must be disabled see parameters 161 and 162 In addition installing a properly sized dynamic brake resistor will provide equal or better performance in most cases f ATTENTION The adjust freq portion of the bus regulator function is These faults are not instantaneous Test results have shown that they can take between 2 12 seconds to occur Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Preface Catalog Number Explanation 20B D 2P1 A 3 A y N A E C 0 NN AD a b cl c5 d e f g i j k l m n a 2 gB Drive ND Rating ND Rating Code Type 400V 50 Hz Input 480V 60 Hz Input 20B PowerFlex 700 Code Amps kW Frame Code Amps Hp Frame 1P3 13 037 0 1P1 11 05 0 2P1 21 075 0 2P1 21 10 3P5 35 15 0 3P4 34 20 0 b Po 50 22 0 5P0 50 30 0 ee eae Ratings 8P7 87 40 0 8P0 80 50 0 Code Voltage Ph Prechg Frames on 15 55 0 on 1 75 0 p ZIOVA 3 z one 015 154 75 1 014 14 10 1 A00V AC 3 i n 02 2 1 022 n 15 1 v ABOVAC 3 0 10 030 30 15 2 027 27 20 2 E SOOV AC 3 3 Oig 037 37 185 2 034 34 5 2 j SAVA 3 a 043 B n 3 040 40 30 3 bl SHV DC N 3526 10 056 56 30 3 052 52 40 3 G50 DC N 5 6 10 072 2 37 3 065 65 50 3 i AVDE Y Sii 085 85 45 4 077 77 60 4 j SA
244. ry disconnect the relay output until wiring programming can be completed and verified Initial Static Auto Tune Test 1 Set the following parameters as shown No Name Value Notes 380 Digital Out1 Sel 9 At Speed keeps brake engaged during test 041 045 Motor NP per nameplate enter motor nameplate data 053 Motor Cntl Sel 4 FVC Vector 080 Feedback Select 3 Encoder 061 Autotune 1 Static Tune 2 Press the Start key on the HIM Parameters 062 064 will be updated Motor Rotation Encoder Direction Test 3 Set the following parameters as shown No Name Value Notes 053 Motor Cntl Sel 0 Sensrls Vect 080 Feedback Select 0 Open Loop 090 Speed Ref A Sel 11 Preset Spd1 238 Fault Config 1 Bit 8 In PhaseLoss 1 Bit 12 OutPhaseLoss 1 380 Digital Out1 Sel 4 Run releases brake IMPORTANT Ifthe direction of travel is critical at this point perform short jogs to determine which run direction RUNFWD or RUNREV should be used in the next steps Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 117 AppendixC Application Notes 4 Press Start and run the drive in the desired direction Observe the direction of motor rotation If rotation is not in the desired direction e remove drive power and reverse the two motor leads or e set bit 5 of Compensation parameter 56 to Mtr Lead Rev
245. ry 45 201 Language rive Memory 46 202 Voltage Class Drive Memory 46 203 rive Checksum rive Memory 46 204 yn UserSet Cnfg rive Memory 46 205 yn UserSet Sel rive Memory 46 Programming and Parameters Chapter 1 Number Parameter Name Group Page Number Parameter Name Group Page 206 yn UserSet Actv Drive Memory 46 321 Anlg In Sqr Root Analog Inputs 59 209 210 Drive Status X Diagnostics 47 322 325 Analog In X Hi Analog Inputs 60 211 212 Drive Alarm X Diagnostics 41 323 326 Analog In X Lo Analog Inputs 60 213 Speed Ref Source Diagnostics 48 324 327 Analog In X Loss Analog Inputs 60 214 Start Inhibits Diagnostics 48 340 Anlg Out Config Analog Outputs 60 215 Last Stop Source Diagnostics 49 341 Anlg Out Absolut Analog Outputs 60 216 ig In Status Diagnostics 49 342 345 Analog Outx Sel Analog Outputs 61 217 ig Out Status Diagnostics 49 343 346 Analog OutX Hi Analog Outputs 61 218 rive Temp Diagnostics 49 344 347 Analog OutX Lo Analog Outputs 61 219 rive OL C
246. s Unipolar Drive Logic Bipolar Sign of Reference Reverse Dis Not Changeable DPI Loss Action Default 0 Disabled Selects the speed reference that will be selected Options 0 Disabled when a DPI Px Loss alarm occurs on the HIM 1 Hold OutFreq that is providing the speed reference 2 Goto Preset1 Hold OutFreq 1 selects the last HIM commanded speed reference Goto Preset1 2 selects the value that was saved in parameter 101 Preset Speed 1 Important The HIM reference is not retained if power is lost or removed NOTE The user must verify that the HIM is not the sole stopping source and that an alternate stop source is available If the HIM is the sole stopping source and it is disconnected the drive will fault regardless of the configuration in parameter 238 Fault Config 1 NOTE To avoid or override a DPI loss fault and keep the drive running change the respective bit that corresponds to the DPI port bits 16 18 in parameter 238 Fault Config 1 to a value of 0 to disable the fault Save HIM Ref Enables HIM to control Speed Reference only or Reference Start and Jog in Manual mode including two wire control Also enables a feature to save the present frequency reference value issued by the HIM to drive memory on power loss Value is restored to the HIM on power up o x un x lt 1 0 x Reserved
247. s 0 1 Secs 250 0 65535 1 1 0 Revs 0 0 1000 0 Revs 0 1 Revs 10 0 0 1 100 0 0 1 Read Only Enabled Disabled Reserved 50 0 0 0 150 0 0 1 Read Only 0 00 32000 00 FtLb 0 01 FtLb 0 00 FtLb 0 00 5000 00 FtLb 0 01 FtLb 0 No Action 0 No Action 1 Goto Preset Related 600 Group File No 635 Oil Well Pump 642 643 644 645 646 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions TorqAlarm Dwell Sets the time that the torque must exceed TorqAlarm Level before TorqAlarm Action takes place Note only active with PC pump applications see param 641 TorqAlrm Timeout Sets the amount of time a Torque Alarm can be active until timeout action begins Note only active with PC pump applications see param 641 TorqAlrm TO Act Sets the drive action when TorqAlrm Timeout is exceeded Note only active with PC pump applications see p 641 PCP Pump Sheave Specifies the pump sheave diameter Max Rod Torque Sets the desired maximum torque on the polished rod in a PCP oil well application Min Rod Speed Sets the minimum speed for the polished rod in a PCP oil well application Max Rod Speed Sets the maximum speed for the polished rod in a PCP oil well application OilWell Pump Sel Selects the type of oil well application Disable 0 Disable
248. s 445 446 and 450 will be updated 11 Set Speed Desired BW parameter 449 to desired setting 12 Set up is complete check for proper operation 118 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Drive Setup TorqProve with Encoder To Enable TorgProve with an encoder bit 0 of TorqProve Cnfg parameter 600 must be set to 1 Once this is set a Type 2 alarm will be active until the following settings are entered No Name Value Notes 053 Motor Cntl Sel 4 FVC Vector 080 Feedback Select 3 Encoder 412 Motor Fdbk Type 1 Quad Check In addition Stop Mode A B parameters 155 156 must be set to option 1 Ramp and DC Brake Time parameter 159 must be set to 0 0 Secs Encoderless TorqProve To Enable Encoderless TorqProve both bits 0 and 1 of TorqProve Cnfg parameter 600 must be set to 1 Once this is set a Type 2 alarm will be active until the following settings are entered 4 FVC Vector or 0 Sensrls Vect 080 Feedback Select 1 Slip Comp In addition Stop Mode A B parameters 155 156 must be set to option 1 Ramp and DC Brake Time parameter 159 must be set to 0 0 Secs Encoderless Guidelines You can not hold zero speed in encoderless mode or operate near zero speed because of this it is very important to set Minimum Speed parameter 81 to two or
249. s 59 rive Status 3 222 Diagnostics 50 Anlg In Sqr Root 321 Analog Inputs 59 2 i rive Temp 218 Diagnostics 49 Anlg Out Absolut 341 Analog Outputs 60 roop RPM FLA 152 Load Limits 38 Anlg Out Config 340 Analog Outputs 60 yn UserSet Actv 206 Drive Memory 46 Anlg OutX Scale 354 355 Analog Outputs 61 yn UserSet Cnfg 204 Drive Memory 46 Anlg OutX Setpt 377 378 Analog Outputs 61 gt yn UserSet Sel 205 Drive Memory 46 Auto Rstrt Delay 175 Restart Modes 41 7 Elapsed kWh 14 Metering rill Auto Rstrt Tries 174 Restart Modes 41 Elapsed MWh 9 Metering Fal Autotune 61 Torq Attributes 2 7 Elapsed Run Time 1 Metering a Autotune Torque 66 Torq Attributes 26 Enc Position Fdbk 414 Speed Feedback 28 Brake Test Torq 613 Torq Proving 68 Encoder Pos Tol 707 rofSetup Status az Break Frequency 72 Volts per Hertz 21 Encoder PPR 413 Speed Feedback 28 Break Voltage 71 Volts per Hertz 21 Encoder Speed 415 Speed Feedback 28 Brk Alarm Travel 610 Torq Proving 68 Encoder Z Chan 423 Speed Feedback 28 Brk Release Time 604 Torq Proving 67 rault 1 Code 243 aults 52 Brk Set Time 607 Torq Proving 68 ault 1 Time 244 aults 53 BrkSlip Count 609 Torq Proving 68 ault 2 Code 245 aults 52 Bus Reg Kd 165 Stop Brake Modes 40 ault 2 Time 246 aults 53 Bus Reg Ki 160 Stop Brake Modes 39 rault 3 Code 247 aults 52 Bus Reg Kp 164 Stop Brake Modes 40 ault 3 Time 248 aults 53 Bus Reg Mode X 161 162 Stop Brake Modes 40 rault
250. s is configured Fwd Reverse Run Forward Run Reverse Jog Forward or Jog Reverse Encoder movement has exceeded the level in BrkSlipCount after the brake was set Brake slip procedure is in progress Drive is being inhibited from decelerating Ua Digital input functions are in conflict Combinations marked with a will cause an alarm Acc2 Dec2 Accel 2 Decel2 Jog 1 2 Jog Fwd Jog Rev Fwd Rev Acc2 Dec2 ii ii Accel 2 Decel 2 Jog 1 2 Jog Fwd Jog Rev Fwd Rev A digital Start input has been configured without a Stop input or other functions are in conflict Combinations that conflict are marked with a ae and will cause an alarm Stop Jog Fwd Start CF Run Run Fwd Run Rev 1 2 Jog Fwd Jog Rev Rev Start a B E3 E Stop CF Run Run Fwd m iiw i Run Rev Jog 1 2 i i Jog Fwd i Jog Rev Fwd Rev More than one physical input has been configured to the same input function Multiple configurations are not allowed for the following input functions Forward Reverse Run Reverse Bus Regulation Mode B Speed Select 1 Jog Forward Acc2 Dec2 Speed Select 2 Jog Reverse Accel 2 Speed Select 3 Run Decel 2 Run Forward Stop Mode B The HIM connected to DPI Port 1 3 stopped communicating to the drive Check the HIM
251. s of DPI port internal communications if present MOD Yellow Status of communications module when installed NETA Red Status of network if connected NET B Red Status of secondary network if connected Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Precharge Board LED Indications Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Precharge Board LED indicators are found on AC input drives Frames 5 10 Name Color State Description Power Green Steady Indicates when precharge board power supply is operational Alarm Yellow Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated alarm o 1 Low line voltage lt 90 2 Very low line voltage lt 50 3 Low phase one phase lt 80 of line voltage 4 Frequency out of range or asymmetry line sync failed 5 Low DC bus voltage triggers ride through operation 6 Input frequency momentarily out of range 40 65 Hz 7 DC bus short circuit detection active Fault Red Flashing Number in indicates flashes and associated fault 2 DC bus short Udc lt 2 after 20 ms 4 Line sync failed or low line Uac lt 50 Unom 1 Analarm condition automatically resets when the condition no longer exists 2 A fault indicates a malfunction that must be corrected and can only be reset after cycling power HIM Indication The LCD HIM also provides visual notification of a fault or alarm condition Condition Display Driv
252. s oil well parameters Pump Jack 1 Sets parameters based on Pump Jack type oil well PC Oil Well 2 Sets parameters based on Progressive Cavity type Pumps Gearbox Rating Sets the gearbox rating Gearbox Sheave Sets the Sheave diameter on the Gearbox Gearbox Ratio Specifies the nameplate gear ratio Motor Sheave Sets the sheave diameter on the motor Total Gear Ratio Displays the calculated total gear ratio as follows Gearbox Sheave x Gearbox Ratio Motor Sheave DB Resistor Calculates the negative torque maximum available from the dynamic brake resistor Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Programming and Parameters Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Options Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 0 0 Secs 0 0 60 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 0 Secs 0 0 600 0 Secs 0 1 Secs 0 Resume 0 Resume 1 Fault Drive 20 00 Inch 0 25 200 00 Inch 0 01 Inch 500 0 FtLb 0 0 3000 0 FtLb 0 1 FtLb 0 0 RPM 0 0 199 0 RPM 0 1 RPM 300 0 RPM 200 0 600 0 RPM 0 1 RPM 0 Disa
253. seLoss 762 Port6 Adapter 111 Power Down Csum 24 Decel Inhibit 77 IR Volts Range 121 1 0 Comm Loss 25 OverSpeed Limit 78 FluxAmpsRef Rang 122 1 0 Failure 28 See Manual 79 Excessive Load 130 Hardware Fault 29 Analog In Loss 80 AutoTune Aborted 131 Hardware Fault 33 Auto Rstrt Tries 81 85 Port 1 5 DPI Loss 900 930 Fatal Faults 36 SW OverCurrent 86 Port 6 DPI Loss 38 Phase U to Grnd 87 IXo VoltageRange 1 Fault numbers not listed are reserved for future use 2 Firmware 6 002 and later only Alarms are automatically cleared when the condition that caused the alarm is no Clearing Alarms longer present 90 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Alarm Descriptions Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Table 4 Alarm Descriptions and Actions Alarm AdjVoltRef Cflct Analog In Loss Bipolar Conflict Brake Slipped Brake Slipping Lave Decel Inhibt Dig In ConflictA Dig In ConflictB Dig In ConflictC DPI Port1 Loss DPI Port2 Loss DPI Port3 Loss Drive OL Level 1 Drive OL Level 2 FluxAmpsRef Rang Ground Warn 7 SSI No Ol Type 7 8 9 Oo OOo Of Description Invalid adjustable voltage reference selection conflict An analog input is configured for Alarm on signal loss and signal loss has occurred Parameter 190 Direction Mode is set to Bipolar or Reverse Dis and one or more of the following digital input function
254. ser supplied voltages may exist even when main AC power is not applied to then drive Correct the malfunction before continuing i ATTENTION Power must be applied to the drive to perform the following Preparation 1 Disconnect all power from the drive including control power if supplied 2 Disconnect the motor from the driven load if necessary to run this test 3 Disconnect the motor over temperature contact connections from the drive This includes both Digital Input 6 terminal 32 and the additional required input typically Digital Input 5 terminal 31 Remove the jumper between the two inputs if one is in place 4 Connect a means to open and close a N C contact between Digital Input 6 terminal 32 and input common Connect a separate means to open and close a N C contact between the additional input typically Digital Input 5 terminal 31 and input common see Figure 27 The switching devices pushbutton relay etc must have contacts rated for either the 24V DC or 115V AC input circuit whichever was supplied with the drive Figure 27 Example Test Circuit External Power Supply Internal 24V Power Supply Neutral 115V Common 24V 24 424V DC 0 LJ 25 25 Digital In Common 5 26 E O O O H F 32 32 Digital Input 6 Digital Input 6 Voltage is Board Dependent Not available with 115V I O 5 Be sure both sets o
255. st 71 Break Voltage 72 Break Frequency 84 86 Skip Frequency X 87 Skip Freq Band 91 Speed Ref A Hi 92 Speed Ref A Lo 94 Speed Ref B Hi 95 Speed Ref B Lo 97 TB Man Ref Hi 98 TB Man Ref Lo 100 Jog Speed 1 101 107 Preset Speed X 108 Jog Speed 2 116 Trim Setpoint 119 Trim Hi 120 Trim Lo 121 Slip RPM FLA 122 Slip Comp Gain 127 PI Setpoint 129 PI Integral Time 130 PI Prop Gain 131 PI Lower Limit 132 PI Upper Limit 133 PI Preload 139 PI BW Filter 140 142 Accel Time X 141 143 Accel Time X 146 S Curve 148 Current Lmt Val 149 Current Lmt Gain 151 PWM Frequency 152 Droop RPM FLA 153 Regen Power Lim 154 Current Rate Lim 158 DC Brake Level 159 DC Brake Time 160 Bus Reg Ki 164 Bus Reg Kp 165 Bus Reg Kd 167 Powerup Delay 170 Flying StartGain 175 Auto Rstrt Delay 177 Gnd Warn Level 180 Wake Level 181 Wake Time 182 Sleep Level No Parameter No Parameter 183 Sleep Time 608 TorqLim SlewRate 185 Power Loss Time 609 Brk Slip Count 186 Power Loss Level 610 Brk Alarm Travel 187 Load Loss Level 611 MicroPos Scale 188 Load Loss Time 613 Brake Test Torq 189 Shear Pin Time 632 TorgAlarm Level 195 MOP Rate 634 TorgAlarm Dwell 308 HighRes Ref 635 TorgAlrm Timeout 322 325 Analog In X Hi 637 PCP Pump Sheave 323 326 Analog In X Lo 638 Max Rod Torque 343 345 Analog OutX Hi 639 Min Rod Speed 344 346 Analog OutX Lo 640 Max Rod Speed 354 355 Anlg OutX Scale 642 Gearbox Rating 377 358 Anlg OutX Setpt 643 G
256. t impedance may be required Verify connections between motor and load 2 Verify level and time requirements An excessive motor load exists Reduce load so drive output current does not exceed the current set by Motor NP FLA 1 Verify that thermistor is connected 2 Motor is overheated Reduce load 1 Cycle power and repeat function 2 Replace Main Control Board 1 Cycle power and repeat function 2 Replace Main Control Board 87 Chapter 2 88 Troubleshooting Fault Output PhaseLoss OverSpeed Limit OverVoltage Parameter Chksum Params Defaulted Phase U to Grnd Phase V to Grnd Phase W to Grnd Phase UV Short Phase VW Short Phase UW Short Port 1 6 DPI Loss ETH Port 6 Port 1 6 Adapter WG Port 6 Power Down BH Gum Power Loss Power Unit Pulse In Loss No 25 100 48 38 39 40 41 42 43 81 86 71 76 111 70 92 Type 0O Description Current in one or more phases has been lost or remains below a preset level Functions such as Slip Compensation or Bus Regulation have attempted to add an output frequency adjustment greater than that programmed in Overspeed Limit DC bus voltage exceeded maximum value The checksum read from the board does not match the checksum calculated The drive was commanded to write default values to EEPROM A phase to ground fault has been detected between the drive and motor in t
257. t printers 90 Alaim Descriptions cessie canines Pons x Need E ee eh rem 91 Common Symptoms Corrective Actions 0c eee eee e eee 94 Testpoint Codes and Functions 2f45 eteit ukulele rererere 96 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 5 Table of Contents Supplemental Drive Information HIM Overview Application Notes Appendix A Certifications and Specifications 13icihhi vale badd ate 97 Watts Loss Rated Load Speed amp PWM eee ee eee ee 101 Communication Configurations p59 34 65 ocicoesensvees vee eeans 103 Typical Programmable Controller Configurations 103 Appendix B External amp Internal Connections lt 2024 cacao sey Aves eadeneneaee 105 Removying Installing the HIM 103 lt 5 a2 atndes oe iveege rie eons riers 106 Disconnecting thei M i246 satus ch vduvas SoH Ses awe Garage 107 Reconnecting the HIM a accereiels enter ey sy Ba nd Wate Niatincten eh a9 aN 107 Meir Struct te es cosa ites eatin ed Become ie A E E ERE 108 Di gn stics Meni Wi nikskcaatea le hell cl dba anes te aE Ma a 109 Parameter Menu 03 6 psesocaa os seats a uren heo i sama 109 Device Select Meta cica6ssisas es ee Rel sacks ve teers 109 Memory Storage Mentiicasteiniaas hl aude ats ei 109 StartUp VEC eiui grt a esto etree yoann E AEEA 109 Preferences Metiusceval2iacsitene tis tae eta et 109 Viewing and Editing Parameters nnns isan Vinge enniede awe mass 110 PCEDHIM oh ce teak a el a E a oe ee ad 110
258. ta In A2 Link A Word 2 Min Max 0 611 Parameter number whose value will be written Units 1 from a communications device data table Value will not be updated until drive is stopped Refer to your communications option manual for datalink information Data In B1 Link B Word 1 See Data In A1 Link A Word 1 Data In A21 Data In B2 Link B Word 2 Link A Word 2 Data In C1 Link C Word 1 See Data In A1 Link A Word 1 Data In A2 Data In C2 Link C Word 2 Link A Word 2 Data In D1 Link D Word 1 See Data In A1 Link A Word 1 Data In A2 Data In D2 Link D Word 2 Link A Word 2 Not available with Liquid Cooled drives E HighRes Ref Default 0 Used as a high resolution 32 bit reference with Min Max 2147418112 Datalinks Units 1 Maximum Freq or Maximum Speed 32767 x 65536 Data Out A1 Link A Word 1 Default 0 0 Disabled Data Out A2 Link A Word 2 Min Max 0 611 Parameter whose value will be written to a Units 1 communications device data table Data Out B1 Link B Word 1 Data Out B2 Link B Word 2 Data Out C1 Link C Word 1 Data Out C2 Link C Word 2 Data Out D1 Link D Word 1 Data Out D2 Link D Word 2 A2 Link A Word 2 Port Mask Act Read Only Bits 0 5 indicate status for DPI port communication Bit 15 indicates when security software is controlling the parameter See Data Out A1 Link A Word 1
259. table Voltage Operation Application Notes Appendix C Topic Page Topic Page Adjustable Voltage Operation 113 Position Indexer Speed Profiler 128 External Brake Resistor 115 Power Loss Ride Through 137 Hand Off Auto HOA 115 Process PID 138 Lifting Torque Proving 115 Reverse Speed Limit 140 Limit Switches for Digital Inputs 122 Skip Frequency 141 Minimum Speed 123 Sleep Wake Mode 142 Motor Control Technology 124 Start At PowerUp 144 Motor DC Injection 125 Stop Mode 144 Motor Overload 126 Stop Dwell Time 149 Motor Overload Memory Retention Per 2005 NEC 127 Voltage Tolerance 150 Overspeed 127 In Adjustable Voltage control mode the output voltage is controlled independently from the output frequency The voltage and frequency components have independent references and acceleration deceleration rates Single phase and three phase output is possible with this feature The Adjustable Voltage mode is designed to operate on electro magnetic loads not typical AC motors Typical applications include e Linear Motors e Vibration Welding e Vibratory conveying e Electromagnetic Stirring e Induction Heating 400 Hz or lower e Resistive Loads dryers e Power Supplies Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 113 Appendix C 114 Application Notes Enabling Adjustable Voltage Adjustable Voltage is enabled in Motor Cntl Sel parameter 053 by selecting
260. ter 454 set to a non zero value 10V l Reverse i Speed l Limit Reverse Speed T Forward Speed Maximum Speed 10V 140 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Skip Frequency Application Notes Appendix C Figure 21 Skip Frequency Command Frequenc Ng quency Frequency Drive Output phrequency Skip 1 2 Band Skip Frequency gt Skip 1 2 Band gt y 7 Time Some machinery may have a resonant operating frequency that must be avoided to minimize the risk of equipment damage To assure that the motor cannot continuously operate at one or more of the points skip frequencies are used Parameters 084 086 Skip Frequency 1 3 are available to set the frequencies to be avoided The value programmed into the skip frequency parameters sets the center point for an entire skip band of frequencies The width of the band range of frequency around the center point is determined by parameter 87 Skip Freq Band The range is split half above and half below the skip frequency parameter If the commanded frequency of the drive is greater than or equal to the skip center frequency and less than or equal to the high value of the band skip plus 1 2 band the drive will set the output frequency to the high value of the band See A in Figure 21 If the commanded frequency is less than the skip center frequency and gr
261. the drive will output at Break Min Max Frequency Refer to parameter 083 Overspeed Units Limit Break Frequency Default Sets the frequency the drive will output at Break Min Max Voltage Refer to parameter 083 Units Motor Fdbk Type Default Selects the encoder type single channel or Options quadrature Options 1 amp 3 detect a loss of encoder signal when using differential inputs regardless of the Feedback Select param 080 setting For FVC Vector mode use a quadrature encoder only option 0 1 Ifa single channel encoder is used option 2 3 in sensorless vector or V Hz mode select Reverse Dis option 2 in param 190 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 200 0 800 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 800 0 0 1 Read Only Condition True Condition False Reserved Condition True Condition False Reserved Read Only 32767 0 Amps 0 01 Amps Based on Drive Rating 0 0 Motor NP Volts x 0 25 0 1 VAC Based on Drive Rating 0 0 Motor NP Volts x 0 25 0 1 VAC Motor NP Volts x 0 25 0 0 Motor NP Volts 0 1 VAC Motor NP Hz x 0 25 0 0 Maximum Freq 0 1 Hz 0 Quadrature 0 Quadrature 1 Quad Check 2 Single Chan 3 Single Check Chapter 1 wa JOD wa ws wal tes pni p wa ws D KO wa ws N N wal tes N 27 Chapter1 Pro
262. three times the slip frequency when in encoderless mode Example A 1740 RPM motor has 2 Hz of slip Set Minimum Speed to 4 6 Hz In addition Stop Mode A B parameters 155 156 must be set to option 1 Ramp and DC Brake Time parameter 159 must be set to 0 0 Secs Also set Float Tolerance parameter 606 to one to three times the slip frequency when in encoderless mode You should also use fast accel and decel times less than 2 seconds when operating in encoderless mode Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 119 Appendix C 120 Application Notes Installation Wiring When TorgProve Cnfg is set to Enable the Digital Out 1 relay is used to control the external brake contactor The normally open N O contact when closed is intended to energize the contactor This provides the mechanical brake with voltage causing the brake to release Any interruption of power to the contactor will set the mechanical brake Programming Digital Out Sel parameter 380 will be ignored when TorqProve Cnfg is set to Enable Figure 6 Typical 24V Torque Proving Configuration Brake Set Normally Open Brake Set OIE Ea Clear Faults Float Micro Fast Stop Enable 115V AC Ca Brake Contactor Lifting Torque Proving Application Programming The PowerFlex
263. tion Vel Override Default 100 0 This value is a multiplier to the Step x Velocity Min Max 10 0 150 0 value when Vel Override bit of Pos Spd Prof Units 0 1 Cmd is set to 1 This is applicable to all step types Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Group File No 714 718 ProfSetup Status 719 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 POS SPD PROFILE Profile Step 1 16 Programming and Parameters Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Find Home Speed Default 10 0 of Maximum Speed Sets the speed and direction that are active when Min Max 50 0 of Maximum Find Home of Pos Spd Prof Cmd is active The Speed sign of the value defines direction Units 0 1 Hz Forward Reverse 0 1 RPM Find Home Ramp Default 10 0 Secs Sets the rate of acceleration and deceleration of Min Max 0 0 3600 0 Secs the Find Home moves Units 0 1 Secs Pos Reg Filter Default 25 0 Sets the error signal filter in the position Min Max 0 0 500 0 regulator Units 0 1 Pos Reg Gain Default 4 0 Sets the gain adjustment for the position Min Max 0 0 200 0 regulator Units 0 1 Step 1 Type Default 1 Time Step 2 Type TE ngng Step 3 Type Options 0 End Step 4 Type Me eee Step 5 Type 2
264. tion v 3 See page 16 for symbol descriptions rac Speed Units Default 0 Hz Selects the units to be used for all speed related Options 0 Hz parameters Options 0 amp 1 indicate status only 2 1 RPM amp 3 will convert configure the drive for that 2 Convert Hz selection 3 Convert RPM Convert Hz 2 converts all speed based parameters to Hz and changes the value proportionately i e 1800 RPM 60 Hz Convert RPM 3 converts all speed based parameters to RPM and changes the value proportionately This parameter is not reset when Reset to Defaults is selected 080 Feedback Select Default 0 Open Loop Selects the source for motor speed feedback Options 0 Open Loop Note that all selections are available when using 1 Slip Comp Process Pl 2 Reserved Open Loop 0 no encoder is present and slip 3 Encoder compensation is not needed 4 Reserved 5 Simulator Slip Comp 1 tight speed control is needed and encoder is not present Encoder 3 an encoder is present Simulator 5 Simulates a motor for testing drive operation amp interface check P gt 081 Minimum Speed Default 0 0 E Sets the low limit for speed reference after Min Max 0 0 Maximum Speed F scaling is applied Refer to parameter 083 Units 0 1 Hz S 3 Overspeed Limit 0 1 RPM i 082 Maximum Speed Default 5
265. to Manual 6 096 3 2 1 Spd Trq Mode 19 Local 0 Eto Torgu 20 Acc2 amp Dec2 0 pd Reg u 0 1 0 Torque Reg 21 Accel 2 e M1 O 1 1 Min Spd Trq 22 Decel 2 143 1 O fO Mase 23 MOP Inc 195 um Spd Trq u 1 1 0 Absolute 24 MOP Dec 12 a 1 f1 f1 Pos Spd Prof 25 Excl Link 2 3 When Digital Inx Sel is set to option 2 Clear 26 PI Enable 194 Faults the Stop button cannot be used to clear a 27 PI Hold fault condition 28 P Reset 380 a Typical 3 Wire Inputs Only 3 wire functions are 29 Pwr Loss Lvl 124 allowed Including 2 wire selections will cause a 30 Precharge En 12 mM 31 33 Spd Trq Sel1 3 2 Typical 2 Wire Inputs Only 2 wire functions can n Pp S q be chosen Including 3 wire selections will cause a 34 Jog 2 type 2 alarm See Table 4 on page 91 for conflicts 35 PI Invert 6 Configures the input to command a transition 36 Torque Setpt 1 12 between the Manual Auto or Auto Manual speed 37 Fit MicroPos 1 12 references Manual Auto 68 is similar to Auto 38 East Sto 12 Manual 18 except that the polarity is opposite 39 Decel laa Input Auto Manual _ Manual Auto 40 End Limit m e 41 42 UserSet Sel1 2 3 0 uto anua u Hi Manual Auto 43 Run Level 7 7 Opening an Enable input will cause the motor to a RunFwd Level i coast to stop ignoring any programmed Stop 45 RunRev Level
266. tor rated torque Speed Feedback Displays the lightly filtered value of the actual motor speed whether measured by encoder feedback or estimated Rated kW Drive power rating Rated Volts The drive input voltage class 208 240 400 etc Rated Amps The drive rated output current Control SW Ver Main Control Board software version Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Values Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units Read Only 5 00 Volts 0 01 Volts Read Only 400 0 Hz 24000 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 400 0 Hz 24000 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 400 0 Hz 24000 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 800 0 0 1 Read Only 400 0 Hz 24000 0 RPM 0 1 Hz 0 1 RPM Read Only 0 00 3000 00 kW 0 01 kW Read Only 0 0 65535 0 VAC 0 1 VAC Read Only 0 0 65535 0 Amps 0 1 Amps Read Only 0 000 65535 000 0 001 Related 079 Oz vs WO in Motor Control File Group No File Motor Data MOTOR CONTROL 047 Torq Attributes Parameter Name amp Description See page 16
267. ts Drive output torque current is below Load Loss Level for a time period greater than Load Loss time Internal electronic overload trip Enable Disable with Fault Config 1 on page 52 Thermistor output is out of range EEprom checksum error EEprom 1 0 error Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Troubleshooting Chapter 2 Action Check the motor and external wiring to the drive output terminals for a grounded condition 1 Check jumper 2 Replace Main Control Board 1 Cycle power 2 Replace Main Control Board 1 Cycle power 2 Replace Main Control Board 1 Verify ambient temperature 2 In cold ambient temperatures add space heaters 1 Verify that maximum ambient temperature has not been exceeded 2 Check fan 3 Check for excess load 4 In cold ambient temperatures add space heaters Check programming Check for excess load improper DC boost setting DC brake volts set too high or other causes of excess current 1 Load compatible version files into drive 2 Frame 7 10 drives must have firmware version 4 009 or greater Check connector Check for induced noise Replace 1 0 board or Main Control Board Replace Main Control Board Check incoming power for a missing phase blown fuse Re enter motor nameplate data Check for proper motor sizing 2 Check for correct programming of Motor NP Volts parameter 41 3 Additional outpu
268. tual Line Voltage Drive Input Drive Rated Voltage gt Drive Rated Voltage 10 gt Calculate the maximum power of a 5 Hp 460V motor connected to a 480V rated drive supplied with 342V Actual Line Voltage input e Actual Line Voltage Nominal Motor Voltage 74 3 74 3 x 5Hp 3 7 Hp 74 3 x 60 Hz 44 6 Hz At 342V Actual Line Voltage the maximum power the 5 Hp 460V motor can produce is 3 7 Hp at 44 6 Hz a x 5 oo i T 5 HP Motor Drive Output 342V gt 460V gt 480V gt 528V pi Actual Line Voltage Drive Input Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Appendix D Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group II Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Tope age Motor Requirements 152 Drive Wiring 152 Drive Configuration 153 Start Up amp Periodic Drive Testing Requirement 154 This document provides information on operation of an ATEX Approved drive and ATEX approved motor The motor is located in a defined hazardous environment while the drive is not A protective system is required to stop current flow to the motor when an over temperature condition has been sensed in the motor When sensed the drive will go into a fault stop condition The drive is manufactured under the guidelines of the ATEX directive 94 9 EC These Drives are in Group II Category 2 GD Applications with ATEX Approved Motors Certification of the drive fo
269. ult Device Select Menu Use this menu to access parameters in connected peripheral devices Memory Storage Menu Drive data can be saved to or recalled from User and HIM sets User sets are files stored in permanent nonvolatile drive memory HIM sets are files stored in permanent nonvolatile HIM memory Option Description HIM Copycat Save data to a HIM set load data from a HIM set to active drive memory Device gt HIM or delete a HIM set Device lt HIM Device User Sets Save data to a User set load data from a User set to active drive memory or name a User set Reset To Defaults Restore the drive to its factory default settings Start Up Menu See Installation Instructions Preferences Menu The HIM and drive have features that you can customize Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 109 AppendixB HIM Overview Option Description Drive Identity Add text to identify the drive Change Password Enable disable or modify the password User Dspy Lines Select the display parameter scale and text for the User Display The User Display is two lines of user defined data that appears when the HIM is not being used for programming User Dspy Time Set the wait time for the User Display or enable disable it User Dspy Video Select Reverse or Normal for the Frequency and User Display lines Reset User Dspy Return all the options for the User Display to factory default values
270. ult 4 Code Faults 2 421 Marker Pulse Speed Feedback 28 250 ault 4 Time Faults 3 422 ulse In Scale Speed Feedback 28 251 ault 5 Code Faults 52 423 Encoder Z Chan Speed Feedback 28 252 ault 5 Time Faults 3 427 431 Torque Ref X Sel Torq Attributes 26 253 ault 6 Code Faults 32 428 432 Torque Ref X Hi Torq Attributes 26 254 ault 6 Time Faults 3B 429 433 Torque Ref X Lo Torq Attributes 26 255 ault 7 Code Faults 52 430 Torq Ref A Div Torq Attributes 26 256 ault 7 Time Faults 53 434 Torque Ref B Mult Torq Attributes 26 257 ault 8 Code Faults 52 435 Torque Setpoint Torq Attributes 26 258 ault 8 Time Faults 3B 436 Pos Torque Limit Torq Attributes 26 259 Alarm Config 1 Alarms 53 437 Neg Torque Limit Torq Attributes 271 261 Alarm Clear Alarms 3 438 Torque Setpoint2 Torq Attributes 21 262 269 Alarm X Code Alarms 34 440 Control Status Torq Attributes 27 270 Baud Rate Comm Control 55 44 Mtr Tor Cur Ref Torq Attributes 27 271 rive Logic Rslt Comm Control 55 445 Ki Speed Loop Speed Regulator 37 272 rive Ref Rslt Comm Control 55 446 Kp Speed Loop Speed Regulator E 273 Drive Ramp Rslt Comm Control 3 447 Kf Speed Loop Speed Regulator 7 274 Port Sel Comm Control 55 448 Spd Err Filt BW Speed Regulator 37 275 Port Value Comm Control 55 449 Speed Desired BW Speed Regulator 37 276 Logic Mask Masks amp Owners 36 450 Total Inertia Speed Regulator 37 Security 59 451 Speed Loop Meter Speed Regulator 37 277 Start Mask Masks amp Owners 36 452 Stop Dwell Time Stop
271. uration 34 PI Control 34 PI Deriv Time 36 PI Error Meter 36 PI Fdback Meter 36 PI Feedback Hi 36 PI Feedback Lo 36 PI Feedback Sel 35 PI Integral Time 35 PI Lower Limit 35 PI Output Gain 36 PI Output Meter 36 PI Preload 36 PI Prop Gain 35 PI Ref Meter 36 PI Reference Hi 36 PI Reference Lo 36 PI Reference Sel 35 PI Setpoint 35 PI Status 36 163 Index 164 PI Upper Limit 36 Pos Reg Filter 73 Pos Reg Gain 73 Pos Torque Limit 26 Pos Spd Prof Cmd 72 Pos Spd Prof Sts 72 Power Loss Level 43 Power Loss Mode 43 Power Loss Time 43 Powerup Delay 41 PowerUp Marker 52 Preset Speed x 32 PTC HW Value 22 Pulse In Scale 28 Pulse Input Ref 32 PWM Frequency 38 Ramped Speed 22 Rated Amps 22 Rated kW 22 Rated Volts 22 Reference Mask 56 Reference Owner 57 Regen Power Limit 39 Reset Meters 45 Reset To Defalts 45 Rev Speed Limit 30 Rod Load Torque 68 Run Boost 27 S Curve 38 Save HIM Ref 44 Save MOP Ref 45 Save To User Set 45 Scale In Hi 54 Scale In Lo 54 Scale In Value 54 Scale Out Hi 54 Scale Out Lo 54 Scale Out Value 54 Shear Pin Time 43 Skip Freq Band 30 Skip Frequency x 30 Sleep Level 43 Sleep Time 43 Sleep Wake Mode 42 Sleep Wake Ref 42 Slip Comp Gain 34 Slip RPM FLA 34 Slip RPM Meter 34 Spd Err Filt BW 37 Spd Fdbk No Filt 22 SpdBand Integrat 67 Speed Desired BW 37 Speed Dev Band 67 Speed Feedback 22 Speed Loop Meter 37 Speed Ref A Hi 31 Speed Ref A Lo 31 Speed Ref A Sel 31 Speed Ref B Hi 3
272. urrent 89 TorqPrv Spd Band 89 Trnsistr OvrTemp 89 UnderVoltage 89 UserSet Chksum 89 Faults Cleared Fault 86 Faults Group 52 Faults Clearing 85 Fdbk Filter Sel 28 Feedback Select 29 FGP 17 File Applications 67 Communication 55 Dynamic Control 38 Inputs amp Outputs 59 Monitor 21 Motor Control 23 Pos Spd Profile 72 Speed Command 29 Utility 44 File Group Parameter 17 Find Home Ramp 73 Find Home Speed 73 Float Tolerance 68 Fit QueueCleared Fault 86 Index 159 Index 160 Flux Braking 40 Flux Current 21 Flux Current Ref 25 Flux Up Mode 25 Flux Up Time 25 Flux Vector Control Option 17 FluxAmpsRef Rang Alarm 91 FluxAmpsRef Rang Fault 86 Flying Start En 41 Flying StartGain 41 Frame Size Drive 10 G Gearbox Limit 70 Gearbox Rating 69 Gearbox Ratio 69 Gearbox Sheave 69 General Precautions 11 Gnd Warn Level 43 Ground Fault 87 Ground Warn Alarm 91 Group Adjust Voltage 70 Alarms 53 Analog Inputs 59 Analog Outputs 60 Comm Control 55 Datalinks 58 Diagnostics 47 Digital Inputs 63 Digital Outputs 63 Direction Config 44 Discrete Speeds 32 Drive Data 22 Drive Memory 45 Faults 52 HIM Ref Config 44 Load Limits 38 Masks amp Owners 56 Metering 21 MOP Config 45 Motor Data 23 Power Loss 43 Process PI 34 Profile Step 73 ProfSetup Status 72 Ramp Rates 38 Restart Modes 41 Scaled Blocks 54 Slip Comp 34 Spd Mode amp Limits 29 Speed Feedback 27 Speed References 31 Speed Regulator 37 Speed Trim 33 Sto
273. ut Lo Default 0 000 mA 0 000 Volts 340 347 Analog Out2 Lo Min Max 0 000 20 000mA 342 Sets the analog output value when the source 10 000V value is at minimum Units 0 001 mA 0 001 Volt 354 Anlg Out Scale Default 0 0 355 Anlg Out2 Scale Min Max Analog Out Sel Sets the high value for the range of analog out Units 0 1 scale Entering 0 0 will disable this scale and max Units shown are dependent on scale will be used Example If Analog Out Sel the value in parameter 342 345 Commanded Trq a value of 150 150 scale in place of the default 800 377 Anlg1 Out Setpt Default 4 000 mA 0 000 Volts 378 Anlg2 Out Setpt Min Max 0 000 20 000 mA Controls the analog output value from a 10 000V communication device Example Set Data In Ax Units 0 001 mA to 377 value from communication device 0 001 Volt Then set Analog Outx Sel to Param Cntl Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 61 Chapter 1 62 Programming and Parameters Table 1 Selected Option Definitions Analog Outx Sel Digital Inx Sel Digital Outx Sel Option Description Related At Speed Relay changes state when drive has reached commanded speed 380 Fast Stop When open the drive will stop with a 0 1 second decel time If Torque Proving is being 361 used float will be ignored at end of ramp and the mechanical brake w
274. utput Current Motor Speed Motor Speed ee Output Current Qo Command Speed k j Command Speed DC Brake Level Output Voltage Time Stop a Zero Command lt DC Brake Time S Re issuing a Command Speed Start Command This method combines two of the methods above It uses drive output reduction to stop the load and DC injection to hold the load at zero speed once it has stopped 1 On Stop drive output will decrease according to the programmed pattern from its present value to zero The pattern may be linear or squared The output will decrease to zero at the rate determined by the programmed Maximum Freq and the programmed active Decel Time x 2 The reduction in output can be limited by other drive factors such as bus or current regulation 3 When the output reaches zero three phase drive output goes to zero off and the drive outputs DC voltage on the last used phase at the level programmed in DC Brake Level parameter 158 This voltage causes a holding brake torque 4 DC voltage to the motor continues until a Start command is reissued or the drive is disabled 5 Ifa Start command is reissued DC Braking ceases and the drive returns to normal AC operation If an Enable command is removed the drive enters a not ready state until the enable is restored Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 147 Appendix C 148 Application Notes Mode
275. ux Current 21 Flux Current Ref 25 Flux Up Mode 25 Flux Up Time 25 Flying Start En 41 Flying StartGain 41 Gearbox Limit 70 Gearbox Rating 69 Gearbox Ratio 69 Gearbox Sheave 69 Gnd Warn Level 43 HighRes Ref 58 Home Position 72 Inertia Autotune 26 IR Voltage Drop 25 Ixo Voltage Drop 26 Jog Mask 56 Jog Owner 57 Jog Speed 1 32 Jog Speed 2 33 Kf Speed Loop 37 Ki Speed Loop 37 Kp Speed Loop 37 Language 46 Last Stop Source 49 Load Frm Usr Set 45 Load Loss Level 43 Load Loss Time 43 Local Mask 57 Local Owner 57 Logic Mask 56 59 Logic Mask Act 59 Man Ref Preload 44 Marker Pulse 28 Max Rod Speed 69 Max Rod Torque 69 Maximum Freq 24 Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Index Maximum Speed 29 Maximum Voltage 24 MicroPos Scale 68 Min Adj Voltage 70 Min Rod Speed 69 Minimum Speed 29 MOP Adj VoltRate 70 MOP Mask 57 MOP Owner 57 MOP Rate 45 MOP Reference 21 Motor Cntl Sel 24 Motor Fdbk Type 27 Motor NP FLA 23 Motor NP Hertz 23 Motor NP Power 23 Motor NP RPM 23 Motor NP Volts 23 Motor OL Count 49 Motor OL Factor 23 Motor OL Hertz 23 Motor OL Mode 23 Motor Poles 23 Motor Sheave 69 Motor Type 23 Mtr OL Trip Time 49 Mtr Tor Cur Ref 27 Neg Torque Limit 27 Notch Filter K 28 Notch FilterFreq 28 OilWell Pump Sel 69 Output Current 21 Output Freq 21 Output Power 21 Output Powr Fctr 21 Output Voltage 21 Overspeed Limit 29 Param Access Lvl 45 PCP Pump Sheave 69 PI BW Filter 36 PI Config
276. ve Bus Reg Mode A or B must be set to Adjust Freq and NOT be Disabled Test Example for Fast Braking Tek Run 250 S s i sample 2 EEEa aisian Motor Speed Feedback TE Commanded Frequency wie aS DC Brake Current Near Zero Speed eae i M Motor Current i06mv Ch4 200mv Implementation Block Diagram for Fast Braking Current Regulator r lqCmd Vq gt gt Pl gt gt Va O T dCmd vd s m i gt PI gt ___ Vc A pN Oe L IqFdbk ldFdbk Us A Bus Voltage Ti PI e Reference O A L Bus Voltage Frequency Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Application Notes Appendix C Stop Dwell Time Parameter 452 Stop Dwell Time sets an adjustable delay time between detecting zero speed and disabling the speed and torque regulators when responding to a stop command IMPORTANT Consult industry and local codes when setting the value of this parameter Figure 23 Drive Operation When Par 452 Stop Dwell Time Equals Zero Speed When Par 452 Stop Dwell Time equals zero the drive turns off the velocity and torque regulators when it detects zero speed Time 32 gt S 2E zs oO E O 56 Drive Detects Zero Speed and Turns Off Regulators Figure 24 Drive Operation When Par 452 Stop Dwell Time is Greater Than Zero
277. ve by latching encoder position Pos Sel 1 5 Binary value of these inputs is used to select the starting step number for the profile PrechargeEn Forces drive into precharge state Typically controlled by auxiliary contact on the 361 disconnect at the DC input to the drive Profile Input Must be chosen if Step X Type is set to Dig Input and the digital input value that is entered in Step X Value is the value of this digital input selector Pulse In Ref Reference of the pulse input Z channel of encoder can be used while A amp B channels 342 are encoder inputs RunFwd Level Provides a run level input They do not require a transition for enable or fault but a RunRev Level transition is still required for a stop Run Level Run w Comm Allows the comms start bit to operate like a run with the run input on the terminal block Ownership rules apply Scale Block 1 4 Output of scale blocks parameters 354 355 342 SpdFb NoFilt Provides an unfiltered value to an analog output The filtered version Speed Fdbk includes a 125 ms filter Torque Est Calculated percentage of rated motor torque 342 Torque Setpt 1 Selects Torque Stpt1 for Torque Ref A Sel when set otherwise uses value selected in 361 Torque Ref A Sel Vel Override When active multiplies value of Step X Velocity by value in Vel Override Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013
278. w Numbered List View All parameters are in numerical order Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 17 Chapter 1 18 Programming and Parameters Basic Parameter View Parameter 196 Param Access Lvl set to option 0 Basic File Monitor Motor Control oe Utility DS Inputs amp Outputs Group Parameters Metering Output Freq 001 Commanded Speed 002 Commanded Torque 024 Output Current 003 Torque Current 004 DC Bus Voltage 012 Motor Data Motor NP Volts 041 Motor NP RPM 044 Motor OL Hertz 047 Motor NP FLA 042 Motor NP Power 045 Motor Poles 049 Motor NP Hertz 043 Mtr NP Pwr Units 046 Torq Attributes Motor Cntl Sel 053 Autotune Torque 066 Torque Ref A Lo 429 Maximum Voltage 054 Inertia Autotune 067 Pos Torque Limit 436 Maximum Freq 055 Torque Ref A Sel 427 Neg Torque Limit 437 Autotune 061 Torque Ref A Hi 428 Speed Feedback Motor Fdbk Type 412 Encoder PPR 413 Spd Mode amp Limits Speed Units 079 Minimum Speed 081 Rev Speed Limit 454 Feedback Select 080 Maximum Speed 082 Speed References Speed Ref A Sel 090 Speed Ref B Hi 094 TB Man Ref Lo 098 Speed Ref A Hi 091 Speed Ref B Lo 095 Pulse Input Ref 099 Speed Ref A Lo 092 TB Man Ref Sel 096 Speed Ref B Sel 093 TB Man Ref Hi 097 Discrete Speeds Jog Speed 1 100 og Speed 2 108 Preset Speed 1 7 101 107 Ramp Rates Accel Time 1 140 ecel Time 1 142 S Curv
279. wing step types use the point to point position regulator Encoder Incr 4 drive ramps to Step x Velocity holds speed then ramps to zero at encoder position defined by Step x Value within position tolerance window Encoder Abs 6 drive ramps to Step x Velocity in direction required holds speed then ramps to zero at position within tolerance window End Hold Pos 7 drive holds last position for Step x Dwell time then stops The drive must have Direction Mode set to Bipolar for the position regulator to function properly Current Torque and Regen Power Limits must be set so as not to limit the programmed deceleration time If one of the limits occur the position regulator may overshoot the position set point Sleep Mode must be turned off Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 Related Chapter 1 73 Chapter 1 74 Programming and Parameters File Group 821 831 722 732 742 752 762 772 782 792 802 812 822 832 842 852 862 872 POS SPD PROFILE Profile Step 1 16 723 733 743 753 763 773 783 793 803 813 823 833 843 853 863 873 Parameter Name amp Description See page 16 for symbol descriptions Step 1 Velocity Step 2 Velocity Step 3 Velocity Step 4 Velocity Step 5 Velocity Step 6 Velocity Step 7 Velocity Step 8 Velocity Step 9 Velocity Step 10 Velocity Step 11 Velocity Step 12 Vel
280. x Units Default Min Max Units Default Min Max Units 1 Fault 4 Run 4 Run 1 Fault 2 Alarm 3 Ready 4 Run 5 Forward Run 6 Reverse Run 7 Auto Restart 8 Powerup Run 9 At Speed Q2 10 AtFreq B 11 at Current 12 At Torque 8 13 At Temp 8 14 At Bus Volts 15 At PI Error 16 DC Braking 17 Curr Limit 18 Economize 19 Motor Overld 20 Power Loss 21 26 Input 1 6 Link 27 PI Enable 28 PI Hold 29 Drive Overload 30 Param Cnt 31 Mask 1 AND 32 Mask 1 OR 33 Prof At Pos 34 Prof Enabled 35 Prof Running 36 Prof Holding 37 Prof At Home 38 ProfComplete 39 Prof Homing 40 Prof Dwell 41 Prof Batch 42 57 Prof Step1 16 58 Manual Mode 59 Fast Braking 6 60 TrqPrv Brake 5 61 Speed Fdbk 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 819 2 0 1 0 00 Secs 0 00 Secs 0 00 600 00 Secs 0 01 Secs 0 00 Secs 0 00 Secs 0 00 600 00 Secs 0 01 Secs Chapter 1 65 Chapter1 Programming and Parameters Group No 392 393 2 F E 2 a E o 2 Ta pai i D gt amp z g 394 Parameter Name amp Description Values See page 16 for symbol descriptions Dig Out Invert Inverts the selected digital output
281. xiliary Input fault condition Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 155 Appendix D 156 Instructions for ATEX Approved Drives in Group II Category 2 G D Applications with ATEX Approved Motors 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Remake continuity of the over temperature circuit connected to the drive s digital inputs The drive should remain stopped and in an Auxiliary Input fault condition Provide the command to restart the drive In the case of a maintained start remove and reapply the start command The drive should remain stopped and in an Auxiliary Input fault condition Provide a fault reset command to the drive The drive fault should clear but the drive should not restart Provide the command to restart the drive The drive should run normally Stop the drive and disconnect all power including external control power Remove the test mechanism reconnect original wires and verify all wiring Reconnect the motor to the load if it had been previously disconnected Check for proper operation Rockwell Automation Publication 20B UM002F EN P June 2013 A Accel Mask 56 Accel Owner 57 Accel Time x 38 Adj Volt AccTime 71 Adj Volt Command 70 Adj Volt DecTime 71 Adj Volt Phase 70 Adj Volt Preset 70 Adj Volt Ref Hi 70 Adj Volt Ref Lo 70 Adj Volt S Curve 71 Adj Volt Select 70 Adj Volt Trim 71 Adj Volt Trim Hi 71 Adj Volt Trim Lo 71 Adj Volt TrimSel 70 Adjust Voltage
282. y Profile Time Based and Encoder Based The first three steps are Time steps followed by an Encoder Abs step to zero and then an End step For each Time step the drive ramps at Step x AccelTime to Step x Velocity in the direction of the sign of Step x Velocity The drive then decelerates at Step X DecelTime to zero The Step X Value is programmed to the desired time for the total time of the accel run and decel of the step Each step has a 1 second time programmed in Step X Dwell which is applied to the end of each step After the dwell time expires the profile transitions to the next step The absolute step is used to send the profile back to the home position This is done by programming Step 4 Value to zero Figure 13 Time Example 350 250 150 Profile Status Scaled pajanes sun 50 1 50 Note there is no At Position indication when using timed steps 150 Encoder Speed 250 350 dajg juauing 450 Time Encoder Speed 415 Profile Status 700 Units Traveled 701 Current Step Step StepxType Stepx Stepx Stepx Stepx Stepx Stepx IStepx Velocity AccelTime DecelTime Value Dwell Batch Next 1 Time 100 0 5 0 5 5 00 1 00 1 2 2 Time 200 0 5 0 5 5 00 1 00 1 3 3 Time 300 0 5 0 5 5 00 1 00 1 4 4 Encoder Abs 400 0 5 0 5 0 00 1 00 1 5 5

User Manual - Quad Industry

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents